Truncate gallery caption filenames with CSS
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.28.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = array(
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * );
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See http://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * These are additional characters that should be replaced with '-' in filenames
402 */
403 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":";
404
405 /**
406 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
407 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
408 */
409 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
410
411 /**
412 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
413 */
414 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
415
416 /**
417 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
418 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
419 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
420 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
421 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
422 *
423 * Example:
424 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
425 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
426 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
427 *
428 * @see $wgFileBackends
429 */
430 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
431
432 /**
433 * File repository structures
434 *
435 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
436 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
437 * array of properties configuring the repository.
438 *
439 * Properties required for all repos:
440 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
441 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
442 * FSRepo is also supported for backwards compatibility.
443 *
444 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
445 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
446 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
447 *
448 * For most core repos:
449 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
450 * container : backend container name the zone is in
451 * directory : root path within container for the zone
452 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
453 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
454 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
455 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
456 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
457 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
458 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
459 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
460 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
461 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
462 * handler instead.
463 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
464 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
465 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
466 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
467 * - pathDisclosureProtection
468 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
469 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
470 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
471 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
472 * is 0644.
473 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
474 * some remote repos.
475 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
476 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
477 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
478 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
479 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
480 *
481 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
482 * for local repositories:
483 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
484 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
485 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
486 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
487 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
488 *
489 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
490 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
491 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
492 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
493 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
494 *
495 * ForeignDBRepo:
496 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
497 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
498 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
499 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
500 *
501 * ForeignAPIRepo:
502 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
503 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
504 *
505 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
506 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
507 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
508 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
509 * be searched after the local file repo.
510 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
511 *
512 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
513 */
514 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
515
516 /**
517 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
518 */
519 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
520
521 /**
522 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
523 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
524 * settings
525 */
526 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
527
528 /**
529 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
530 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
531 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
532 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
533 *
534 * Example:
535 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = array( 'shared' );
536 */
537 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
538
539 /**
540 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
541 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
542 *
543 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
544 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
545 *
546 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
547 */
548 $wgUploadDialog = [
549 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
550 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
551 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
552 'fields' => [
553 'description' => true,
554 'date' => false,
555 'categories' => false,
556 ],
557 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
558 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
559 'licensemessages' => [
560 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
561 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
562 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
563 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
564 'local' => 'generic-local',
565 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
566 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
568 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
569 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
570 ],
571 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
572 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
573 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
574 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
575 'comment' => [
576 'local' => '',
577 'foreign' => '',
578 ],
579 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
580 'format' => [
581 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
582 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
583 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
584 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
585 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
586 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
587 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
588 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
589 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
590 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
591 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
592 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
593 // * $TEXT - input by the user
594 'description' => '$TEXT',
595 'ownwork' => '',
596 'license' => '',
597 'uncategorized' => '',
598 ],
599 ];
600
601 /**
602 * File backend structure configuration.
603 *
604 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
605 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
606 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
607 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
608 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
609 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
610 *
611 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
612 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
613 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
614 *
615 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
616 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
617 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
618 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
619 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
620 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
621 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
622 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
623 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
624 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
625 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
626 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
627 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
628 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
629 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
630 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
631 */
632 $wgFileBackends = [];
633
634 /**
635 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
636 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
637 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
638 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
639 *
640 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
641 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
642 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
643 */
644 $wgLockManagers = [];
645
646 /**
647 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
648 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: http://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
649 *
650 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
651 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
652 * extensions" section of php.ini:
653 * @code{.ini}
654 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
655 * @endcode
656 */
657 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
658
659 /**
660 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
661 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
662 * Defaults to false.
663 */
664 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
665
666 /**
667 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
668 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
669 * $wgUploadDirectory.
670 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
671 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
672 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
673 * directory.
674 *
675 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
676 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
677 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
678 */
679 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
680
681 /**
682 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
683 */
684 $wgSharedUploadPath = "http://commons.wikimedia.org/shared/images";
685
686 /**
687 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
688 */
689 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
690
691 /**
692 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
693 */
694 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = "/var/www/wiki3/images";
695
696 /**
697 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
698 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
699 */
700 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
701
702 /**
703 * Optional table prefix used in database.
704 */
705 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
706
707 /**
708 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
709 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
710 */
711 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
712
713 /**
714 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
715 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
716 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
717 */
718 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
719
720 /**
721 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
722 *
723 * @since 1.20
724 */
725 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
726
727 /**
728 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
729 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
730 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
731 */
732 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
733
734 /**
735 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
736 * @since 1.20
737 */
738 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
739
740 /**
741 * Different timeout for upload by url
742 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
743 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
744 * to default.
745 *
746 * @since 1.22
747 */
748 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
749
750 /**
751 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
752 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
753 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
754 * for non-specified types.
755 *
756 * @par Example:
757 * @code
758 * $wgMaxUploadSize = array(
759 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
760 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
761 * );
762 * @endcode
763 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
764 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
765 */
766 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
767
768 /**
769 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
770 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
771 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
772 * @since 1.26
773 */
774 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
775
776 /**
777 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
778 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
779 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
780 *
781 * @par Example:
782 * @code
783 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
784 * @endcode
785 */
786 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
787
788 /**
789 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
790 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
791 * appended to it as appropriate.
792 */
793 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
794
795 /**
796 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
797 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
798 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
799 * access to the thumbnail path.
800 *
801 * @par Example:
802 * @code
803 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
804 * @endcode
805 */
806 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
807
808 /**
809 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
810 */
811 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
812
813 /**
814 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
815 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
816 *
817 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
818 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
819 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
820 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
821 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
822 *
823 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
824 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
825 */
826 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
827
828 /**
829 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
830 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
831 * directory layout.
832 */
833 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
834
835 /**
836 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
837 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
838 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
839 * image description page on this wiki.
840 *
841 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
842 */
843 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
844
845 /**
846 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
847 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
848 *
849 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
850 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
851 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
852 */
853 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
854
855 /**
856 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
857 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
858 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
859 */
860 $wgFileBlacklist = [
861 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
862 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
863 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
864 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
865 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
866 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
867 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
868 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
869
870 /**
871 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
872 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
873 */
874 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
875 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
876 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
877 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
878 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
879 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
880 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
881 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
882 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
883 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
884 'application/x-msmetafile',
885 ];
886
887 /**
888 * Allow Java archive uploads.
889 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
890 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
891 */
892 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
893
894 /**
895 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
896 *
897 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
898 */
899 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
900
901 /**
902 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
903 * by $wgFileExtensions.
904 *
905 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
906 */
907 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
908
909 /**
910 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
911 *
912 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
913 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
914 */
915 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
916
917 /**
918 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
919 */
920 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
921
922 /**
923 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
924 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
925 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
926 *
927 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
928 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
929 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
930 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
931 */
932 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
933 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
934 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
935 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
936 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
937 "application/pdf", // PDF files
938 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
939 ];
940
941 /**
942 * Plugins for media file type handling.
943 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
944 */
945 $wgMediaHandlers = [
946 'image/jpeg' => 'JpegHandler',
947 'image/png' => 'PNGHandler',
948 'image/gif' => 'GIFHandler',
949 'image/tiff' => 'TiffHandler',
950 'image/webp' => 'WebPHandler',
951 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'BmpHandler',
952 'image/x-bmp' => 'BmpHandler',
953 'image/x-xcf' => 'XCFHandler',
954 'image/svg+xml' => 'SvgHandler', // official
955 'image/svg' => 'SvgHandler', // compat
956 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'DjVuHandler', // official
957 'image/x.djvu' => 'DjVuHandler', // compat
958 'image/x-djvu' => 'DjVuHandler', // compat
959 ];
960
961 /**
962 * Plugins for page content model handling.
963 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
964 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
965 *
966 * @since 1.21
967 */
968 $wgContentHandlers = [
969 // the usual case
970 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
971 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
972 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
973 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
974 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
975 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
976 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
977 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
978 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
979 ];
980
981 /**
982 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
983 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
984 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
985 */
986 $wgUseImageResize = true;
987
988 /**
989 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
990 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
991 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
992 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
993 *
994 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
995 */
996 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
997
998 /**
999 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1000 */
1001 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1002
1003 /**
1004 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1005 * @since 1.27
1006 */
1007 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1008
1009 /**
1010 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1011 */
1012 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1013
1014 /**
1015 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1016 */
1017 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1018
1019 /**
1020 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1021 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1022 */
1023 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1024
1025 /**
1026 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1027 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1028 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1029 *
1030 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1031 * @code
1032 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1033 * @endcode
1034 *
1035 * Leave as false to skip this.
1036 */
1037 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1038
1039 /**
1040 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1041 *
1042 * @since 1.21
1043 */
1044 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1045
1046 /**
1047 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1048 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1049 * at sharp edges.
1050 *
1051 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1052 *
1053 * Supported values:
1054 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1055 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1056 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1057 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1058 *
1059 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1060 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1061 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1062 *
1063 * @since 1.27
1064 */
1065 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1066
1067 /**
1068 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1069 * image formats.
1070 */
1071 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1072
1073 /**
1074 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1075 *
1076 * @since 1.26
1077 */
1078 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1079
1080 /**
1081 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1082 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1083 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1084 *
1085 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1086 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1087 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1088 */
1089 $wgSVGConverters = [
1090 'ImageMagick' =>
1091 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1092 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1093 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1094 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1095 . '$output $input',
1096 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1097 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1098 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1099 ];
1100
1101 /**
1102 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1103 */
1104 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1105
1106 /**
1107 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1108 */
1109 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1110
1111 /**
1112 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1113 */
1114 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1115
1116 /**
1117 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1118 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1119 */
1120 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1121
1122 /**
1123 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1124 *
1125 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1126 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1127 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1128 *
1129 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1130 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1131 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1132 */
1133 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1134
1135 /**
1136 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1137 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1138 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1139 *
1140 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1141 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1142 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1143 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1144 *
1145 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1146 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1147 */
1148 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1149
1150 /**
1151 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1152 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1153 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1154 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1155 */
1156 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1157
1158 /**
1159 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1160 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1161 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1162 *
1163 * @par Example:
1164 * @code
1165 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1166 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = array( 'png', 'image/png' );
1167 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1168 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = array( 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' );
1169 * @endcode
1170 */
1171 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1172
1173 /**
1174 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1175 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1176 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1177 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1178 */
1179 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1180
1181 /**
1182 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1183 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1184 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1185 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1186 */
1187 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1188
1189 /**
1190 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1191 * output instead of showing an error message.
1192 *
1193 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1194 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1195 *
1196 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1197 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1198 * are logged to a file for review.
1199 */
1200 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1201
1202 /**
1203 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1204 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1205 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1206 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1207 * webserver(s).
1208 */
1209 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1210
1211 /**
1212 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1213 */
1214 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1215
1216 /**
1217 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1218 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1219 * is available that can rotate.
1220 */
1221 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1222
1223 /**
1224 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1225 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1226 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1227 */
1228 $wgAntivirus = null;
1229
1230 /**
1231 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1232 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1233 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1234 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1235 *
1236 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1237 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1238 *
1239 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1240 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1241 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1242 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1243 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1244 * path.
1245 *
1246 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1247 * function in SpecialUpload.
1248 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1249 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1250 * is not set.
1251 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1252 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1253 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1254 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1255 * no virus was found.
1256 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1257 * a virus.
1258 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1259 *
1260 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1261 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1262 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1263 */
1264 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1265
1266 # setup for clamav
1267 'clamav' => [
1268 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1269 'codemap' => [
1270 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1271 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1272 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1273 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1274 ],
1275 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1276 ],
1277 ];
1278
1279 /**
1280 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1281 */
1282 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1283
1284 /**
1285 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1286 */
1287 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1288
1289 /**
1290 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1291 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1292 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1293 */
1294 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1295
1296 /**
1297 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1298 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1299 */
1300 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1301
1302 /**
1303 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1304 * the MIME type to standard output.
1305 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1306 * If not set or NULL, PHP's fileinfo extension will be used if available.
1307 *
1308 * @par Example:
1309 * @code
1310 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1311 * @endcode
1312 */
1313 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1314
1315 /**
1316 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1317 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1318 * can be trusted.
1319 */
1320 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1321
1322 /**
1323 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1324 * array = ( 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' )
1325 */
1326 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1327 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1328 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1329 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1330 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1331 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1332 ];
1333
1334 /**
1335 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1336 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1337 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1338 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1339 * change it if you alter the array (see bug 8858).
1340 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1341 */
1342 $wgImageLimits = [
1343 [ 320, 240 ],
1344 [ 640, 480 ],
1345 [ 800, 600 ],
1346 [ 1024, 768 ],
1347 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1348 ];
1349
1350 /**
1351 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1352 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1353 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1354 */
1355 $wgThumbLimits = [
1356 120,
1357 150,
1358 180,
1359 200,
1360 250,
1361 300
1362 ];
1363
1364 /**
1365 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1366 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1367 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1368 *
1369 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1370 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1371 * supports it.
1372 */
1373 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1374
1375 /**
1376 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1377 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1378 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1379 * following buckets:
1380 *
1381 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = array ( 128, 256, 512 );
1382 *
1383 * and a distance of 50:
1384 *
1385 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1386 *
1387 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1388 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1389 */
1390 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1391
1392 /**
1393 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1394 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1395 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1396 *
1397 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1398 *
1399 * @since 1.25
1400 */
1401
1402 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1403
1404 /**
1405 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1406 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1407 *
1408 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1409 * thumbnail's URL.
1410 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1411 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1412 *
1413 * @since 1.25
1414 */
1415 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1416
1417 /**
1418 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1419 *
1420 * @since 1.25
1421 */
1422 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1423
1424 /**
1425 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1426 * HTTP request to.
1427 *
1428 * @since 1.25
1429 */
1430 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1431
1432 /**
1433 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1434 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1435 *
1436 * @since 1.26
1437 */
1438 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1439
1440 /**
1441 * Default parameters for the "<gallery>" tag
1442 */
1443 $wgGalleryOptions = [
1444 'imagesPerRow' => 0, // Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1445 'imageWidth' => 120, // Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1446 'imageHeight' => 120, // Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1447 'captionLength' => true, // Deprecated @since 1.28
1448 // Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1449 // A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1450 // and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1451 'showBytes' => true, // Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1452 'mode' => 'traditional',
1453 ];
1454
1455 /**
1456 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1457 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1458 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1459 */
1460 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1461
1462 /**
1463 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1464 */
1465 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1466
1467 /**
1468 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1469 *
1470 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1471 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1472 *
1473 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1474 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1475 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1476 */
1477 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1478
1479 /**
1480 * @name DJVU settings
1481 * @{
1482 */
1483
1484 /**
1485 * Path of the djvudump executable
1486 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1487 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1488 */
1489 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1490
1491 /**
1492 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1493 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1494 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1495 */
1496 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1497
1498 /**
1499 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1500 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1501 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1502 */
1503 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1504
1505 /**
1506 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1507 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1508 *
1509 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1510 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1511 * the efficiency problem.
1512 * http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1513 *
1514 * @par Example:
1515 * @code
1516 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1517 * @endcode
1518 */
1519 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1520
1521 /**
1522 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1523 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1524 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1525 */
1526 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1527
1528 /**
1529 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1530 */
1531 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1532
1533 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1534
1535 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1536
1537 /************************************************************************//**
1538 * @name Email settings
1539 * @{
1540 */
1541
1542 /**
1543 * Site admin email address.
1544 *
1545 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1546 */
1547 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1548
1549 /**
1550 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1551 *
1552 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1553 *
1554 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1555 */
1556 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1557
1558 /**
1559 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1560 *
1561 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1562 */
1563 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1564
1565 /**
1566 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1567 *
1568 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1569 */
1570 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1571
1572 /**
1573 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1574 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1575 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1576 */
1577 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1578
1579 /**
1580 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1581 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1582 */
1583 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1584
1585 /**
1586 * Set to true to put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1587 * instead of From. ($wgEmergencyContact will be used as From.)
1588 *
1589 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1590 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1591 * when bounces are sent to the sender.
1592 */
1593 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = false;
1594
1595 /**
1596 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1597 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1598 */
1599 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1600
1601 /**
1602 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1603 */
1604 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1605
1606 /**
1607 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1608 */
1609 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1610
1611 /**
1612 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1613 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1614 */
1615 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1616
1617 /**
1618 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1619 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1620 */
1621 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1622
1623 /**
1624 * SMTP Mode.
1625 *
1626 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1627 * Default to false or fill an array :
1628 *
1629 * @code
1630 * $wgSMTP = array(
1631 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1632 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1633 * 'port' => '25',
1634 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1635 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1636 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1637 * );
1638 * @endcode
1639 */
1640 $wgSMTP = false;
1641
1642 /**
1643 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1644 */
1645 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1646
1647 /**
1648 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1649 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1650 */
1651 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1652
1653 /**
1654 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1655 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1656 */
1657 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1658
1659 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1660 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1661 # enable or disable at their discretion
1662 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1663 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1664
1665 /**
1666 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1667 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1668 * spam relay.
1669 */
1670 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1671
1672 /**
1673 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1674 */
1675 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1676
1677 /**
1678 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1679 * user talk page.
1680 */
1681 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1682
1683 /**
1684 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1685 * allowed this in the preferences.
1686 */
1687 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1688
1689 /**
1690 * Send notification mails on minor edits to watchlist pages. This is enabled
1691 * by default. User talk notifications are affected by this, $wgEnotifUserTalk, and
1692 * the nominornewtalk user right.
1693 */
1694 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1695
1696 /**
1697 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1698 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1699 *
1700 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1701 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1702 */
1703 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1704
1705 /**
1706 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1707 * match the limit on your mail server.
1708 */
1709 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1710
1711 /**
1712 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1713 */
1714 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1715
1716 /**
1717 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1718 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1719 */
1720 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1721
1722 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1723
1724 /************************************************************************//**
1725 * @name Database settings
1726 * @{
1727 */
1728
1729 /**
1730 * Database host name or IP address
1731 */
1732 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1733
1734 /**
1735 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1736 */
1737 $wgDBport = 5432;
1738
1739 /**
1740 * Name of the database
1741 */
1742 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1743
1744 /**
1745 * Database username
1746 */
1747 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1748
1749 /**
1750 * Database user's password
1751 */
1752 $wgDBpassword = '';
1753
1754 /**
1755 * Database type
1756 */
1757 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1758
1759 /**
1760 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1761 *
1762 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1763 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1764 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1765 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1766 */
1767 $wgDBssl = false;
1768
1769 /**
1770 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1771 *
1772 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1773 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1774 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1775 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1776 */
1777 $wgDBcompress = false;
1778
1779 /**
1780 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1781 */
1782 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1783
1784 /**
1785 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1786 */
1787 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1788
1789 /**
1790 * Search type.
1791 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1792 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1793 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1794 */
1795 $wgSearchType = null;
1796
1797 /**
1798 * Alternative search types
1799 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1800 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1801 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1802 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1803 */
1804 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1805
1806 /**
1807 * Table name prefix
1808 */
1809 $wgDBprefix = '';
1810
1811 /**
1812 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1813 */
1814 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1815
1816 /**
1817 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1818 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1819 * DBA has done his best job.
1820 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1821 */
1822 $wgSQLMode = '';
1823
1824 /**
1825 * Mediawiki schema
1826 */
1827 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1828
1829 /**
1830 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1831 */
1832 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1833
1834 /**
1835 * Make all database connections secretly go to localhost. Fool the load balancer
1836 * thinking there is an arbitrarily large cluster of servers to connect to.
1837 * Useful for debugging.
1838 */
1839 $wgAllDBsAreLocalhost = false;
1840
1841 /**
1842 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1843 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1844 * main database.
1845 *
1846 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1847 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1848 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1849 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1850 *
1851 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1852 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1853 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1854 *
1855 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1856 * $wgDBprefix.
1857 *
1858 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1859 * $wgDBmwschema.
1860 *
1861 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1862 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1863 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1864 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1865 */
1866 $wgSharedDB = null;
1867
1868 /**
1869 * @see $wgSharedDB
1870 */
1871 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1872
1873 /**
1874 * @see $wgSharedDB
1875 */
1876 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1877
1878 /**
1879 * @see $wgSharedDB
1880 * @since 1.23
1881 */
1882 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1883
1884 /**
1885 * Database load balancer
1886 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1887 * Fields are:
1888 * - host: Host name
1889 * - dbname: Default database name
1890 * - user: DB user
1891 * - password: DB password
1892 * - type: DB type
1893 *
1894 * - load: Ratio of DB_SLAVE load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1895 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1896 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1897 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1898 *
1899 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1900 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1901 *
1902 * - flags: bit field
1903 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if !$wgCommandLineMode (recommended)
1904 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1905 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1906 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1907 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1908 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1909 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1910 * if available
1911 *
1912 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a slave will taken out of rotation
1913 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1914 *
1915 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1916 * variable of the Database object.
1917 *
1918 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1919 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1920 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1921 *
1922 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1923 * rest of the servers will be slaves. To prevent writes to your slaves due to
1924 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1925 * slaves in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1926 *
1927 * @code
1928 * SET @@read_only=1;
1929 * @endcode
1930 *
1931 * Since the effect of writing to a slave is so damaging and difficult to clean
1932 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1933 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1934 */
1935 $wgDBservers = false;
1936
1937 /**
1938 * Load balancer factory configuration
1939 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1940 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1941 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1942 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1943 *
1944 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1945 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1946 */
1947 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1948
1949 /**
1950 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1951 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1952 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1953 * @since 1.27
1954 */
1955 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1956
1957 /**
1958 * File to log database errors to
1959 */
1960 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1961
1962 /**
1963 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1964 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1965 *
1966 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1967 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1968 *
1969 * @par Examples:
1970 * @code
1971 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1972 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
1973 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
1974 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
1975 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
1976 * @endcode
1977 *
1978 * @since 1.20
1979 */
1980 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
1981
1982 /**
1983 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
1984 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
1985 *
1986 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
1987 *
1988 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
1989 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
1990 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
1991 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
1992 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
1993 *
1994 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
1995 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
1996 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
1997 */
1998 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
1999
2000 /**
2001 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2002 *
2003 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2004 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2005 * block).
2006 *
2007 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2008 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2009 * connections.
2010 *
2011 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2012 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2013 * pooled.
2014 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2015 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2016 *
2017 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2018 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2019 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2020 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2021 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2022 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2023 *
2024 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2025 *
2026 */
2027 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2028
2029 /**
2030 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
2031 * account.
2032 * Array numeric key => database name
2033 */
2034 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2035
2036 /**
2037 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2038 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2039 * show a more obvious warning.
2040 */
2041 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2042
2043 /**
2044 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2045 */
2046 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2047
2048 /**
2049 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2050 */
2051 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2052
2053 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2054
2055 /************************************************************************//**
2056 * @name Text storage
2057 * @{
2058 */
2059
2060 /**
2061 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2062 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2063 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2064 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2065 */
2066 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2067
2068 /**
2069 * External stores allow including content
2070 * from non database sources following URL links.
2071 *
2072 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2073 * @code
2074 * $wgExternalStores = array("http","file","custom")...
2075 * @endcode
2076 *
2077 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2078 */
2079 $wgExternalStores = [];
2080
2081 /**
2082 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2083 *
2084 * @par Example:
2085 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2086 * @code
2087 * $wgExternalServers = array(
2088 * 'cluster1' => array( 'srv28', 'srv29', 'srv30' )
2089 * );
2090 * @endcode
2091 *
2092 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2093 * another class.
2094 */
2095 $wgExternalServers = [];
2096
2097 /**
2098 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2099 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2100 *
2101 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2102 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2103 *
2104 * @par Example:
2105 * @code
2106 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = array( 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' );
2107 * @endcode
2108 *
2109 * @var array
2110 */
2111 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2112
2113 /**
2114 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2115 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2116 *
2117 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2118 */
2119 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 0;
2120
2121 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2122
2123 /************************************************************************//**
2124 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2125 * @{
2126 */
2127
2128 /**
2129 * Disable database-intensive features
2130 */
2131 $wgMiserMode = false;
2132
2133 /**
2134 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2135 */
2136 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2137
2138 /**
2139 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2140 */
2141 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2142
2143 /**
2144 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2145 */
2146 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2147
2148 /**
2149 * Enable slow parser functions
2150 */
2151 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2152
2153 /**
2154 * Allow schema updates
2155 */
2156 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2157
2158 /**
2159 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2160 */
2161 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2162
2163 /**
2164 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2165 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2166 */
2167 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2168
2169 /**
2170 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2171 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2172 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2173 * @since 1.26
2174 */
2175 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2176
2177 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2178
2179 /************************************************************************//**
2180 * @name Cache settings
2181 * @{
2182 */
2183
2184 /**
2185 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2186 * from the web.
2187 *
2188 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2189 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2190 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2191 */
2192 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2193
2194 /**
2195 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2196 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2197 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2198 *
2199 * The options are:
2200 *
2201 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2202 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2203 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2204 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2205 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, XCache or WinCache
2206 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2207 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2208 *
2209 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2210 */
2211 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2212
2213 /**
2214 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2215 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2216 *
2217 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2218 */
2219 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2220
2221 /**
2222 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2223 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2224 *
2225 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2226 */
2227 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2228
2229 /**
2230 * The cache type for storing session data.
2231 *
2232 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2233 */
2234 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2235
2236 /**
2237 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2238 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2239 *
2240 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2241 *
2242 * @since 1.20
2243 */
2244 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2245
2246 /**
2247 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2248 *
2249 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2250 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2251 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2252 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2253 *
2254 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2255 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2256 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2257 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2258 */
2259 $wgObjectCaches = [
2260 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2261 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2262
2263 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2264 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2265 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2266
2267 'db-replicated' => [
2268 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2269 'readFactory' => [
2270 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2271 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2272 ],
2273 'writeFactory' => [
2274 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2275 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2276 ],
2277 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff'
2278 ],
2279
2280 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2281 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2282 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2283 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2284 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2285 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2286 ];
2287
2288 /**
2289 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2290 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2291 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2292 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2293 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2294 *
2295 * The options are:
2296 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2297 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2298 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2299 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2300 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2301 * @since 1.26
2302 */
2303 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2304
2305 /**
2306 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2307 *
2308 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2309 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2310 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2311 *
2312 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2313 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2314 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2315 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2316 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2317 *
2318 * @since 1.26
2319 */
2320 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2321 CACHE_NONE => [
2322 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2323 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2324 'channels' => []
2325 ]
2326 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2327 'memcached-php' => [
2328 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2329 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2330 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2331 ]
2332 */
2333 ];
2334
2335 /**
2336 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2337 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2338 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2339 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2340 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2341 *
2342 * The options are:
2343 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2344 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2345 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2346 *
2347 * @since 1.26
2348 */
2349 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2350
2351 /**
2352 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2353 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2354 */
2355 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2356
2357 /**
2358 * Deprecated alias for $wgSessionsInObjectCache.
2359 *
2360 * @deprecated since 1.20; Use $wgSessionsInObjectCache
2361 */
2362 $wgSessionsInMemcached = true;
2363
2364 /**
2365 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2366 */
2367 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2368
2369 /**
2370 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2371 */
2372 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2373
2374 /**
2375 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2376 */
2377 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2378
2379 /**
2380 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2381 *
2382 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2383 *
2384 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2385 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2386 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2387 * others' cookies.
2388 *
2389 * @since 1.27
2390 * @var string
2391 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2392 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2393 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2394 */
2395 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2396
2397 /**
2398 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2399 *
2400 * @since 1.28
2401 */
2402 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2403
2404 /**
2405 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2406 */
2407 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2408
2409 /**
2410 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2411 */
2412 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2413
2414 /**
2415 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2416 * requests.
2417 */
2418 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2419
2420 /**
2421 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2422 */
2423 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2424
2425 /**
2426 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2427 *
2428 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2429 *
2430 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2431 *
2432 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2433 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2434 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2435 */
2436 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2437
2438 /**
2439 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2440 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2441 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2442 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2443 */
2444 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2445
2446 /**
2447 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2448 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2449 *
2450 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2451 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2452 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2453 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2454 * otherwise the database will be used.
2455 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2456 * store static arrays.
2457 *
2458 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2459 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2460 *
2461 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2462 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2463 * will be used.
2464 *
2465 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2466 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2467 */
2468 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2469 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2470 'store' => 'detect',
2471 'storeClass' => false,
2472 'storeDirectory' => false,
2473 'manualRecache' => false,
2474 ];
2475
2476 /**
2477 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2478 */
2479 $wgCachePages = true;
2480
2481 /**
2482 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2483 * client-side and server-side caching.
2484 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2485 * @verbatim
2486 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2487 * @endverbatim
2488 */
2489 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2490
2491 /**
2492 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2493 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2494 */
2495 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2496
2497 /**
2498 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2499 *
2500 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2501 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2502 * styles.
2503 */
2504 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2505
2506 /**
2507 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2508 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2509 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2510 */
2511 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2512
2513 /**
2514 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2515 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2516 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2517 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2518 */
2519 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2520
2521 /**
2522 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2523 * @deprecated 1.26
2524 */
2525 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2526
2527 /**
2528 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2529 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2530 */
2531 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2532
2533 /**
2534 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2535 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2536 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2537 *
2538 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2539 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2540 * don't update as expected.
2541 */
2542 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2543
2544 /**
2545 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2546 */
2547 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2548
2549 /**
2550 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2551 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2552 *
2553 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2554 */
2555 $wgUseGzip = false;
2556
2557 /**
2558 * Whether MediaWiki should send an ETag header. Seems to cause
2559 * broken behavior with Squid 2.6, see bug 7098.
2560 */
2561 $wgUseETag = false;
2562
2563 /**
2564 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2565 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2566 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2567 * a grace period.
2568 */
2569 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2570
2571 /**
2572 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2573 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2574 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2575 *
2576 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2577 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2578 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2579 */
2580 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2581
2582 /**
2583 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2584 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2585 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2586 *
2587 * @par Example:
2588 * @code
2589 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2590 * @endcode
2591 *
2592 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2593 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2594 *
2595 * @var int|bool
2596 */
2597 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2598
2599 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2600
2601 /************************************************************************//**
2602 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2603 *
2604 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2605 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2606 *
2607 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2608 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2609 * more details.
2610 *
2611 * @{
2612 */
2613
2614 /**
2615 * Enable/disable CDN.
2616 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2617 */
2618 $wgUseSquid = false;
2619
2620 /**
2621 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2622 */
2623 $wgUseESI = false;
2624
2625 /**
2626 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2627 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2628 * @since 1.27
2629 */
2630 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2631
2632 /**
2633 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2634 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2635 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2636 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2637 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2638 * HTTP redirects.
2639 */
2640 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2641
2642 /**
2643 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2644 *
2645 * @par Example:
2646 * @code
2647 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2648 * @endcode
2649 */
2650 $wgInternalServer = false;
2651
2652 /**
2653 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2654 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2655 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2656 *
2657 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2658 */
2659 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2660
2661 /**
2662 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB slave lag is high
2663 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2664 * @since 1.27
2665 */
2666 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2667
2668 /**
2669 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2670 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2671 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2672 * slave lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2673 *
2674 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2675 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2676 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2677 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2678 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2679 *
2680 * @since 1.27
2681 */
2682 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2683
2684 /**
2685 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2686 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2687 * @since 1.27
2688 */
2689 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2690
2691 /**
2692 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2693 *
2694 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2695 */
2696 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2697
2698 /**
2699 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2700 *
2701 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2702 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2703 *
2704 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2705 */
2706 $wgSquidServers = [];
2707
2708 /**
2709 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2710 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2711 * CIDR blocks.
2712 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2713 */
2714 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2715
2716 /**
2717 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2718 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2719 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2720 *
2721 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2722 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2723 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2724 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2725 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2726 *
2727 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2728 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2729 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2730 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2731 * reverse).
2732 *
2733 * @since 1.21
2734 */
2735 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2736
2737 /**
2738 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2739 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2740 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2741 *
2742 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2743 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2744 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2745 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2746 *
2747 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2748 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2749 * @code
2750 * $wgHTCPRouting = array(
2751 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => array(
2752 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2753 * 'port' => 4827,
2754 * ),
2755 * '' => array(
2756 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2757 * 'port' => 4827,
2758 * ),
2759 * );
2760 * @endcode
2761 *
2762 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2763 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2764 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2765 *
2766 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2767 * @code
2768 * $wgHTCPRouting = array(
2769 * '' => array(
2770 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2771 * array( 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ),
2772 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2773 * array( 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ),
2774 * array( 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ),
2775 * array( 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ),
2776 * ),
2777 * );
2778 * @endcode
2779 *
2780 * @since 1.22
2781 *
2782 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2783 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2784 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2785 *
2786 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2787 */
2788 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2789
2790 /**
2791 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2792 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2793 */
2794 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2795
2796 /**
2797 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2798 */
2799 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2800
2801 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2802
2803 /************************************************************************//**
2804 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2805 * @{
2806 */
2807
2808 /**
2809 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2810 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2811 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2812 *
2813 * Warning: Don't use language codes listed in $wgDummyLanguageCodes like "no"
2814 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead), or things will break unexpectedly.
2815 *
2816 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2817 * change it in their preferences.
2818 *
2819 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2820 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2821 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2822 */
2823 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2824
2825 /**
2826 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2827 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2828 */
2829 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2830
2831 /**
2832 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2833 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2834 *
2835 * @par Example:
2836 * @code
2837 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2838 * @endcode
2839 */
2840 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2841
2842 /**
2843 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2844 */
2845 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2846
2847 /**
2848 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2849 */
2850 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2851
2852 /**
2853 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2854 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2855 * Notes:
2856 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2857 * map.
2858 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2859 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2860 * this array.
2861 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2862 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2863 * the prefix in this array.
2864 */
2865 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2866
2867 /**
2868 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2869 */
2870 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2871
2872 /**
2873 * List of language codes that don't correspond to an actual language.
2874 * These codes are mostly left-offs from renames, or other legacy things.
2875 * This array makes them not appear as a selectable language on the installer,
2876 * and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2877 */
2878 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [
2879 'als' => 'gsw',
2880 'bat-smg' => 'sgs',
2881 'be-x-old' => 'be-tarask',
2882 'bh' => 'bho',
2883 'fiu-vro' => 'vro',
2884 'no' => 'nb',
2885 'qqq' => 'qqq', # Used for message documentation.
2886 'qqx' => 'qqx', # Used for viewing message keys.
2887 'roa-rup' => 'rup',
2888 'simple' => 'en',
2889 'zh-classical' => 'lzh',
2890 'zh-min-nan' => 'nan',
2891 'zh-yue' => 'yue',
2892 ];
2893
2894 /**
2895 * Character set for use in the article edit box. Language-specific encodings
2896 * may be defined.
2897 *
2898 * This historic feature is one of the first that was added by former MediaWiki
2899 * team leader Brion Vibber, and is used to support the Esperanto x-system.
2900 */
2901 $wgEditEncoding = '';
2902
2903 /**
2904 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2905 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2906 * set to "ar".
2907 *
2908 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2909 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2910 */
2911 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2912
2913 /**
2914 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2915 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2916 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2917 * support these characters.
2918 *
2919 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2920 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2921 */
2922 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2923
2924 /**
2925 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2926 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2927 * impact.
2928 *
2929 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2930 * details.
2931 *
2932 * @since 1.17
2933 */
2934 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2935
2936 /**
2937 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2938 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2939 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2940 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2941 *
2942 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2943 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2944 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2945 */
2946 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2947
2948 /**
2949 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2950 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2951 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2952 */
2953 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2954 /**
2955 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2956 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2957 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2958 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2959 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2960 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2961 *
2962 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2963 */
2964 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2965 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2966 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2967
2968 /**
2969 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2970 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2971 *
2972 * Known useragents:
2973 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2974 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
2975 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
2976 * - [...]
2977 *
2978 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
2979 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
2980 */
2981 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
2982
2983 /**
2984 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
2985 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
2986 */
2987 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
2988 ];
2989
2990 /**
2991 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
2992 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
2993 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
2994 *
2995 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
2996 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
2997 * to remain viewable.
2998 *
2999 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3000 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3001 */
3002 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3003
3004 /**
3005 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3006 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3007 */
3008 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3009
3010 /**
3011 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3012 * numerals in interface.
3013 */
3014 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3015
3016 /**
3017 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3018 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3019 */
3020 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3021
3022 /**
3023 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3024 */
3025 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3026
3027 /**
3028 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3029 */
3030 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3031
3032 /**
3033 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3034 */
3035 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3036
3037 /**
3038 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3039 */
3040 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3041
3042 /**
3043 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3044 */
3045 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3046
3047 /**
3048 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3049 *
3050 * @par Example:
3051 * @code
3052 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3053 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3054 * @endcode
3055 */
3056 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3057
3058 /**
3059 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3060 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3061 * language variant.
3062 *
3063 * @par Example:
3064 * @code
3065 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3066 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3067 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3068 * @endcode
3069 *
3070 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3071 *
3072 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3073 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3074 */
3075 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3076
3077 /**
3078 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3079 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3080 * customise these.
3081 */
3082 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3083
3084 /**
3085 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3086 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3087 *
3088 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3089 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3090 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3091 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3092 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3093 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3094 * the default behavior.
3095 *
3096 * @par Example:
3097 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3098 * portal:
3099 * @code
3100 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = array( 'mainpage', 'portal-url' );
3101 * @endcode
3102 */
3103 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3104
3105 /**
3106 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3107 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3108 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3109 *
3110 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3111 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3112 *
3113 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3114 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3115 *
3116 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3117 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3118 *
3119 * @par Examples:
3120 * @code
3121 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3122 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3123 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3124 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3125 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3126 * @endcode
3127 */
3128 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3129
3130 /**
3131 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3132 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3133 *
3134 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3135 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3136 *
3137 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3138 */
3139 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3140
3141 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3142
3143 /*************************************************************************//**
3144 * @name Output format and skin settings
3145 * @{
3146 */
3147
3148 /**
3149 * The default Content-Type header.
3150 */
3151 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3152
3153 /**
3154 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3155 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3156 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3157 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3158 * @deprecated since 1.22
3159 */
3160 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3161
3162 /**
3163 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3164 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3165 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3166 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3167 * @deprecated since 1.22
3168 */
3169 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3170
3171 /**
3172 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3173 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3174 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3175 * to true by Setup.php.
3176 * @deprecated since 1.22
3177 */
3178 $wgHtml5 = true;
3179
3180 /**
3181 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3182 *
3183 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3184 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3185 * See also http://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3186 * @since 1.16
3187 */
3188 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3189
3190 /**
3191 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3192 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3193 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3194 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3195 * @since 1.24
3196 */
3197 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3198
3199 /**
3200 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3201 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3202 * stable and change has been communicated.
3203 * @since 1.24
3204 */
3205 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3206
3207 /**
3208 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3209 *
3210 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3211 *
3212 * @par Example:
3213 * @code
3214 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3215 * @endcode
3216 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3217 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3218 *
3219 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3220 */
3221 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3222
3223 /**
3224 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3225 *
3226 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3227 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3228 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3229 */
3230 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3231
3232 /**
3233 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3234 */
3235 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3236
3237 /**
3238 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3239 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3240 */
3241 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3242
3243 /**
3244 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3245 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3246 */
3247 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3248
3249 /**
3250 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3251 *
3252 * @since 1.24
3253 */
3254 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3255
3256 /**
3257 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3258 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3259 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3260 */
3261 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3262
3263 /**
3264 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3265 */
3266 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3267
3268 /**
3269 * Allow user Javascript page?
3270 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3271 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3272 */
3273 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3274
3275 /**
3276 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3277 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3278 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3279 */
3280 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3281
3282 /**
3283 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3284 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3285 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3286 */
3287 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3288
3289 /**
3290 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3291 */
3292 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3293
3294 /**
3295 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3296 */
3297 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3298
3299 /**
3300 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3301 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3302 */
3303 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3304
3305 /**
3306 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3307 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3308 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3309 *
3310 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3311 *
3312 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3313 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3314 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3315 *
3316 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3317 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3318 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3319 * recommended.
3320 *
3321 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3322 * not just edit pages.
3323 */
3324 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3325
3326 /**
3327 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3328 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3329 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3330 * Options are:
3331 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3332 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3333 * - false: Allow all framing.
3334 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3335 */
3336 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3337
3338 /**
3339 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3340 */
3341 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3342
3343 /**
3344 * Should we allow a broader set of characters in id attributes, per HTML5? If
3345 * not, use only HTML 4-compatible IDs. This option is for testing -- when the
3346 * functionality is ready, it will be on by default with no option.
3347 *
3348 * Currently this appears to work fine in all browsers, but it's disabled by
3349 * default because it normalizes id's a bit too aggressively, breaking preexisting
3350 * content (particularly Cite). See bug 27733, bug 27694, bug 27474.
3351 */
3352 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3353
3354 /**
3355 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3356 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3357 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3358 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3359 *
3360 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3361 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3362 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3363 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3364 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3365 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3366 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3367 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3368 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3369 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3370 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3371 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3372 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3373 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3374 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3375 * not be outputted
3376 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3377 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3378 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3379 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3380 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3381 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3382 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3383 */
3384 $wgFooterIcons = [
3385 "copyright" => [
3386 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3387 ],
3388 "poweredby" => [
3389 "mediawiki" => [
3390 // Defaults to point at
3391 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3392 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3393 "src" => null,
3394 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3395 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3396 ]
3397 ],
3398 ];
3399
3400 /**
3401 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3402 * to create an account.
3403 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3404 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3405 */
3406 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3407
3408 /**
3409 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3410 */
3411 $wgEdititis = false;
3412
3413 /**
3414 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3415 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3416 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3417 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3418 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3419 *
3420 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3421 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3422 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3423 */
3424 $wgSend404Code = true;
3425
3426 /**
3427 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3428 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3429 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3430 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3431 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3432 *
3433 * @since 1.20
3434 */
3435 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3436
3437 /**
3438 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3439 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3440 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3441 * unconditionally.
3442 */
3443 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3444
3445 /**
3446 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3447 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3448 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3449 * the domain root.
3450 *
3451 * @since 1.25
3452 */
3453 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3454
3455 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3456
3457 /*************************************************************************//**
3458 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3459 * @{
3460 */
3461
3462 /**
3463 * Client-side resource modules.
3464 *
3465 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3466 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3467 *
3468 * @par Example:
3469 * @code
3470 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = array(
3471 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3472 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3473 * 'dependencies' => array( 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ),
3474 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3475 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3476 * );
3477 * @endcode
3478 */
3479 $wgResourceModules = [];
3480
3481 /**
3482 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3483 *
3484 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3485 * not be modified or disabled.
3486 *
3487 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3488 *
3489 * @par Example:
3490 * @code
3491 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3492 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3493 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3494 * );
3495 *
3496 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = array(
3497 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3498 * );
3499 * @endcode
3500 *
3501 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3502 *
3503 * @par Equivalent:
3504 * @code
3505 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3506 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3507 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3508 * 'skinStyles' => array(
3509 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3510 * ),
3511 * );
3512 * @endcode
3513 *
3514 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3515 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3516 *
3517 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3518 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3519 *
3520 * @par Example:
3521 * @code
3522 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3523 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3524 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3525 * 'skinStyles' => array(
3526 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3527 * ),
3528 * );
3529 * // Note the '+' character:
3530 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = array(
3531 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3532 * );
3533 * @endcode
3534 *
3535 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3536 *
3537 * @par Equivalent:
3538 * @code
3539 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = array(
3540 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3541 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3542 * 'skinStyles' => array(
3543 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3544 * 'foo' => array(
3545 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3546 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3547 * ),
3548 * ),
3549 * );
3550 * @endcode
3551 *
3552 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3553 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3554 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3555 *
3556 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3557 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3558 *
3559 * @par Example:
3560 * @code
3561 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = array(
3562 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3563 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3564 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3565 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3566 * );
3567 * @endcode
3568 */
3569 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3570
3571 /**
3572 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3573 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3574 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3575 *
3576 * @par Example:
3577 * @code
3578 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3579 * @endcode
3580 */
3581 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3582
3583 /**
3584 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3585 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3586 */
3587 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3588
3589 /**
3590 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3591 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3592 *
3593 * Following options to distinguish:
3594 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3595 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3596 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3597 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3598 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3599 *
3600 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3601 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3602 * client and MediaWiki.
3603 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3604 */
3605 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3606 'versioned' => [
3607 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3608 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3609 ],
3610 'unversioned' => [
3611 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3612 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3613 ],
3614 ];
3615
3616 /**
3617 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3618 *
3619 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3620 */
3621 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3622
3623 /**
3624 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3625 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3626 *
3627 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3628 */
3629 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3630
3631 /**
3632 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3633 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3634 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3635 *
3636 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3637 */
3638 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3639
3640 /**
3641 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3642 *
3643 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3644 */
3645 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3646
3647 /**
3648 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3649 *
3650 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3651 * work.
3652 *
3653 * @par Example of legacy code:
3654 * @code{,js}
3655 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3656 * @endcode
3657 * or:
3658 * @code{,js}
3659 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3660 * @endcode
3661 *
3662 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3663 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3664 * @code{,js}
3665 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3666 * @endcode
3667 * or:
3668 * @code{,js}
3669 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3670 * @endcode
3671 */
3672 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3673
3674 /**
3675 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3676 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3677 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3678 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3679 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3680 * that you can't increase.
3681 *
3682 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3683 * string length limit.
3684 *
3685 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3686 */
3687 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3688
3689 /**
3690 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3691 * prior to minification to validate it.
3692 *
3693 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3694 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3695 */
3696 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3697
3698 /**
3699 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3700 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3701 *
3702 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3703 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3704 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3705 */
3706 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3707
3708 /**
3709 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3710 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3711 *
3712 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3713 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3714 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3715 *
3716 * Changes to LESS variables do not trigger cache invalidation.
3717 *
3718 * If the LESS variables need to be dynamic, you can use the
3719 * ResourceLoaderGetLessVars hook (since 1.25).
3720 *
3721 * @par Example:
3722 * @code
3723 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = array(
3724 * 'baseFontSize' => '1em',
3725 * 'smallFontSize' => '0.75em',
3726 * 'WikimediaBlue' => '#006699',
3727 * );
3728 * @endcode
3729 * @since 1.22
3730 */
3731 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3732 /**
3733 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3734 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3735 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3736 * @since 1.27
3737 */
3738 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3739 ];
3740
3741 /**
3742 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3743 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3744 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3745 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3746 *
3747 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3748 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3749 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3750 * files from its own tree.
3751 *
3752 * @since 1.22
3753 */
3754 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3755 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3756 ];
3757
3758 /**
3759 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3760 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3761 *
3762 * @since 1.23 - Client-side module persistence is experimental. Exercise care.
3763 */
3764 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = false;
3765
3766 /**
3767 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3768 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3769 *
3770 * @since 1.23
3771 */
3772 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3773
3774 /**
3775 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3776 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3777 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3778 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3779 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3780 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3781 * from the rest of the site.
3782 *
3783 * @since 1.25
3784 */
3785 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3786
3787 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3788
3789 /*************************************************************************//**
3790 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3791 * @{
3792 */
3793
3794 /**
3795 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3796 * used instead.
3797 */
3798 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3799
3800 /**
3801 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3802 *
3803 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3804 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3805 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3806 */
3807 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3808
3809 /**
3810 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3811 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3812 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3813 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3814 * hook or extension.json.
3815 *
3816 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3817 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3818 * the new namespace name.
3819 *
3820 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3821 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3822 *
3823 * @par Example:
3824 * @code
3825 * $wgExtraNamespaces = array(
3826 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3827 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3828 * 102 => "Aide",
3829 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3830 * );
3831 * @endcode
3832 *
3833 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3834 */
3835 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3836
3837 /**
3838 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3839 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3840 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3841 * @since 1.18
3842 */
3843 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3844
3845 /**
3846 * Namespace aliases.
3847 *
3848 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3849 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3850 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3851 * name.
3852 *
3853 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3854 *
3855 * @par Example:
3856 * @code
3857 * $wgNamespaceAliases = array(
3858 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3859 * 'Help' => 100,
3860 * );
3861 * @endcode
3862 */
3863 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3864
3865 /**
3866 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3867 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3868 *
3869 * Problematic punctuation:
3870 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3871 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3872 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3873 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3874 * corrupted by apache
3875 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3876 *
3877 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3878 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3879 *
3880 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3881 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3882 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3883 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3884 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3885 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3886 *
3887 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3888 *
3889 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3890 * this breaks interlanguage links
3891 */
3892 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3893
3894 /**
3895 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3896 *
3897 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3898 */
3899 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3900
3901 /**
3902 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3903 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3904 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3905 *
3906 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3907 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3908 */
3909 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3910
3911 /**
3912 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3913 */
3914 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3915
3916 /**
3917 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3918 * @{
3919 */
3920
3921 /**
3922 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3923 * database (.cdb) file.
3924 *
3925 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3926 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3927 * formats such as the following:
3928 *
3929 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3930 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3931 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3932 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3933 *
3934 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3935 * data layout.
3936 *
3937 * @var bool|array|string
3938 */
3939 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3940
3941 /**
3942 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3943 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3944 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3945 * - 3: site levels
3946 */
3947 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3948
3949 /**
3950 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3951 */
3952 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3953
3954 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3955
3956 /**
3957 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3958 * @{
3959 */
3960
3961 /**
3962 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3963 */
3964 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3965
3966 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3967
3968 /**
3969 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3970 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3971 * as 'redirected from' links.
3972 *
3973 * @par Example:
3974 * It might look something like this:
3975 * @code
3976 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3977 * @endcode
3978 *
3979 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
3980 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
3981 * the URL.
3982 */
3983 $wgRedirectSources = false;
3984
3985 /**
3986 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
3987 *
3988 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
3989 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
3990 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
3991 */
3992 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
3993
3994 /**
3995 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
3996 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
3997 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
3998 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
3999 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4000 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4001 * NS_FILE.
4002 *
4003 * @par Example:
4004 * @code
4005 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4006 * @endcode
4007 */
4008 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4009
4010 /**
4011 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4012 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4013 */
4014 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4015 NS_TALK => true,
4016 NS_USER => true,
4017 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4018 NS_PROJECT => true,
4019 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4020 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4021 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4022 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4023 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4024 NS_HELP => true,
4025 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4026 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4027 ];
4028
4029 /**
4030 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4031 *
4032 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4033 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4034 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4035 *
4036 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4037 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4038 *
4039 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4040 * the new extension registration system.
4041 *
4042 * @since 1.23
4043 */
4044 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4045
4046 /**
4047 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4048 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4049 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4050 * number of articles in the wiki.
4051 */
4052 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4053
4054 /**
4055 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4056 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4057 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4058 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4059 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4060 */
4061 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4062
4063 /**
4064 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4065 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4066 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4067 */
4068 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4069
4070 /**
4071 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4072 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4073 * will make the redirect fail.
4074 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4075 * (bug 10569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4076 *
4077 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4078 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4079 */
4080 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4081
4082 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4083
4084 /************************************************************************//**
4085 * @name Parser settings
4086 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4087 * @{
4088 */
4089
4090 /**
4091 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4092 *
4093 * class The class name
4094 *
4095 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4096 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4097 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4098 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4099 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4100 *
4101 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4102 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4103 *
4104 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4105 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4106 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4107 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4108 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4109 * an extension setup function.
4110 */
4111 $wgParserConf = [
4112 'class' => 'Parser',
4113 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4114 ];
4115
4116 /**
4117 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4118 */
4119 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4120
4121 /**
4122 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4123 * by PPFrame::expand()
4124 */
4125 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4126
4127 /**
4128 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4129 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4130 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4131 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4132 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4133 *
4134 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4135 */
4136 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4137
4138 /**
4139 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4140 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4141 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4142 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4143 */
4144 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4145
4146 /**
4147 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4148 */
4149 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4150
4151 /**
4152 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4153 *
4154 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4155 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4156 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See bug #44011 for
4157 * more information.
4158 *
4159 * @see wfParseUrl
4160 */
4161 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4162 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4163 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4164 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4165 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4166 ];
4167
4168 /**
4169 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4170 */
4171 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4172
4173 /**
4174 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4175 */
4176 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4177
4178 /**
4179 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4180 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4181 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4182 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4183 *
4184 * @par Examples:
4185 * @code
4186 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4187 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = array( 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' );
4188 * @endcode
4189 */
4190 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4191
4192 /**
4193 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4194 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4195 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4196 * The image will be displayed.
4197 *
4198 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4199 * Or false to disable it
4200 */
4201 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4202
4203 /**
4204 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4205 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4206 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4207 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4208 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4209 * sites they control.
4210 */
4211 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4212
4213 /**
4214 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4215 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4216 * used. See http://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4217 *
4218 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4219 * parameters will be used instead.
4220 *
4221 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4222 *
4223 * Keys are:
4224 * - driver: May be:
4225 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4226 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4227 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4228 *
4229 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4230 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4231 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4232 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4233 */
4234 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4235
4236 /**
4237 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4238 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4239 */
4240 $wgUseTidy = false;
4241
4242 /**
4243 * The path to the tidy binary.
4244 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4245 */
4246 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4247
4248 /**
4249 * The path to the tidy config file
4250 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4251 */
4252 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4253
4254 /**
4255 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4256 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4257 */
4258 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4259
4260 /**
4261 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4262 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4263 */
4264 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4265
4266 /**
4267 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4268 * Only works for internal tidy.
4269 */
4270 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4271
4272 /**
4273 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4274 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4275 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4276 */
4277 $wgRawHtml = false;
4278
4279 /**
4280 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4281 *
4282 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4283 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4284 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4285 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4286 * to some of your users.
4287 */
4288 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4289
4290 /**
4291 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4292 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4293 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4294 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4295 */
4296 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4297
4298 /**
4299 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4300 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4301 */
4302 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4303
4304 /**
4305 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4306 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4307 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4308 *
4309 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = array( 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org',
4310 * 'mediawiki.org' );
4311 *
4312 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4313 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4314 * etc.
4315 *
4316 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4317 */
4318 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4319
4320 /**
4321 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4322 */
4323 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4324
4325 /**
4326 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4327 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4328 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4329 */
4330 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4331
4332 /**
4333 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4334 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4335 */
4336 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4337
4338 /**
4339 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4340 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4341 */
4342 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4343
4344 /**
4345 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4346 */
4347 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4348
4349 /**
4350 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4351 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4352 */
4353 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4354
4355 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4356
4357 /************************************************************************//**
4358 * @name Statistics
4359 * @{
4360 */
4361
4362 /**
4363 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4364 * as a valid article.
4365 *
4366 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4367 *
4368 * This variable can have the following values:
4369 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4370 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4371 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4372 *
4373 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4374 *
4375 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4376 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4377 * script.
4378 */
4379 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4380
4381 /**
4382 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4383 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4384 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4385 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4386 * numbers between different wikis.
4387 */
4388 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4389
4390 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4391
4392 /************************************************************************//**
4393 * @name User accounts, authentication
4394 * @{
4395 */
4396
4397 /**
4398 * Central ID lookup providers
4399 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4400 * @since 1.27
4401 */
4402 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4403 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4404 ];
4405
4406 /**
4407 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4408 * @var string
4409 */
4410 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4411
4412 /**
4413 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4414 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4415 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4416 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4417 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4418 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4419 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4420 * Statements:
4421 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4422 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4423 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4424 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4425 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4426 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4427 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4428 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4429 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4430 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4431 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4432 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4433 * @since 1.26
4434 */
4435 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4436 'policies' => [
4437 'bureaucrat' => [
4438 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4439 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4440 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4441 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4442 ],
4443 'sysop' => [
4444 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4445 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4446 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4447 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4448 ],
4449 'bot' => [
4450 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4451 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4452 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4453 ],
4454 'default' => [
4455 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4456 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4457 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4458 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4459 ],
4460 ],
4461 'checks' => [
4462 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4463 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4464 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4465 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4466 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4467 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4468 ],
4469 ];
4470
4471 /**
4472 * Disable AuthManager
4473 * @since 1.27
4474 * @deprecated since 1.27, for use during development only
4475 */
4476 $wgDisableAuthManager = false;
4477
4478 /**
4479 * Configure AuthManager
4480 *
4481 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4482 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4483 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4484 * (default is 0).
4485 *
4486 * Elements are:
4487 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4488 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4489 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4490 *
4491 * @since 1.27
4492 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4493 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4494 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4495 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4496 */
4497 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4498
4499 /**
4500 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4501 * @since 1.27
4502 */
4503 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4504 'preauth' => [
4505 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4506 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4507 'sort' => 0,
4508 ],
4509 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4510 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4511 'sort' => 0,
4512 ],
4513 ],
4514 'primaryauth' => [
4515 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4516 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4517 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4518 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4519 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4520 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4521 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4522 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4523 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4524 'args' => [ [
4525 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4526 'authoritative' => false,
4527 ] ],
4528 'sort' => 0,
4529 ],
4530 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4531 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4532 'args' => [ [
4533 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4534 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4535 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4536 // password") if it too fails.
4537 'authoritative' => true,
4538 ] ],
4539 'sort' => 100,
4540 ],
4541 ],
4542 'secondaryauth' => [
4543 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4544 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4545 'sort' => 0,
4546 ],
4547 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4548 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4549 'sort' => 100,
4550 ],
4551 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4552 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4553 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4554 // 'sort' => 100,
4555 // ],
4556 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4557 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4558 'sort' => 200,
4559 ],
4560 ],
4561 ];
4562
4563 /**
4564 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4565 *
4566 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4567 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4568 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4569 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4570 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4571 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4572 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4573 * that needs to do this.
4574 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4575 * the last X seconds.
4576 * - Come up with a third option.
4577 *
4578 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4579 * "X seconds".
4580 *
4581 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4582 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4583 * - LinkAccounts
4584 * - UnlinkAccount
4585 * - ChangeCredentials
4586 * - RemoveCredentials
4587 * - ChangeEmail
4588 *
4589 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4590 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4591 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4592 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4593 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4594 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4595 *
4596 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4597 *
4598 * @since 1.27
4599 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4600 */
4601 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4602 'default' => 300,
4603 ];
4604
4605 /**
4606 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4607 *
4608 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4609 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4610 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4611 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4612 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4613 *
4614 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4615 *
4616 * @since 1.27
4617 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4618 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4619 */
4620 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4621 'default' => true,
4622 ];
4623
4624 /**
4625 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4626 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4627 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4628 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4629 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4630 * @since 1.27
4631 * @var string[]
4632 */
4633 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4634 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4635 ];
4636
4637 /**
4638 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4639 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4640 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4641 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4642 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4643 * @since 1.27
4644 * @var string[]
4645 */
4646 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4647 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4648 ];
4649
4650 /**
4651 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4652 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4653 */
4654 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4655
4656 /**
4657 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4658 * words are allowed.
4659 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4660 */
4661 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4662
4663 /**
4664 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4665 *
4666 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4667 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4668 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4669 *
4670 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4671 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4672 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4673 */
4674 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4675
4676 /**
4677 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4678 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4679 * @since 1.23
4680 */
4681 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4682
4683 /**
4684 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4685 *
4686 * @since 1.24
4687 */
4688 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4689
4690 /**
4691 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4692 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4693 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4694 *
4695 * An advanced example:
4696 * @code
4697 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = array(
4698 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4699 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4700 * 'secrets' => array(),
4701 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4702 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4703 * 'cost' => 5,
4704 * );
4705 * @endcode
4706 *
4707 * @since 1.24
4708 */
4709 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4710 'A' => [
4711 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4712 ],
4713 'B' => [
4714 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4715 ],
4716 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4717 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4718 'types' => [
4719 'A',
4720 'pbkdf2',
4721 ],
4722 ],
4723 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4724 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4725 'types' => [
4726 'B',
4727 'pbkdf2',
4728 ],
4729 ],
4730 'bcrypt' => [
4731 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4732 'cost' => 9,
4733 ],
4734 'pbkdf2' => [
4735 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4736 'algo' => 'sha512',
4737 'cost' => '30000',
4738 'length' => '64',
4739 ],
4740 ];
4741
4742 /**
4743 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4744 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4745 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4746 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4747 */
4748 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4749 'username' => true,
4750 'email' => true,
4751 ];
4752
4753 /**
4754 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4755 */
4756 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4757
4758 /**
4759 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4760 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4761 */
4762 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4763
4764 /**
4765 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4766 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4767 */
4768 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4769 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4770 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4771 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4772 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4773 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4774 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4775 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4776 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4777 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4778 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4779 ];
4780
4781 /**
4782 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4783 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4784 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4785 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4786 */
4787 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4788 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4789 'cols' => 80,
4790 'date' => 'default',
4791 'diffonly' => 0,
4792 'disablemail' => 0,
4793 'editfont' => 'default',
4794 'editondblclick' => 0,
4795 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4796 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4797 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4798 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4799 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4800 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4801 'fancysig' => 0,
4802 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4803 'gender' => 'unknown',
4804 'hideminor' => 0,
4805 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4806 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4807 'imagesize' => 2,
4808 'math' => 1,
4809 'minordefault' => 0,
4810 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4811 'nickname' => '',
4812 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4813 'numberheadings' => 0,
4814 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4815 'previewontop' => 1,
4816 'rcdays' => 7,
4817 'rclimit' => 50,
4818 'rows' => 25,
4819 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4820 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4821 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4822 'skin' => false,
4823 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4824 'thumbsize' => 5,
4825 'underline' => 2,
4826 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4827 'usenewrc' => 1,
4828 'watchcreations' => 1,
4829 'watchdefault' => 1,
4830 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4831 'watchuploads' => 1,
4832 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4833 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4834 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4835 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4836 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4837 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4838 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4839 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4840 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4841 'watchmoves' => 0,
4842 'watchrollback' => 0,
4843 'wllimit' => 250,
4844 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4845 'prefershttps' => 1,
4846 ];
4847
4848 /**
4849 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4850 */
4851 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4852
4853 /**
4854 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4855 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4856 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4857 */
4858 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4859
4860 /**
4861 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4862 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4863 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4864 *
4865 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4866 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4867 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4868 */
4869 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4870
4871 /**
4872 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4873 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4874 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4875 * @since 1.17
4876 */
4877 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4878
4879 /**
4880 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4881 *
4882 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4883 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4884 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4885 *
4886 * @since 1.27
4887 * @var string|null
4888 */
4889 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4890
4891 /**
4892 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4893 *
4894 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4895 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4896 *
4897 * @since 1.27
4898 */
4899 $wgSessionProviders = [
4900 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4901 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4902 'args' => [ [
4903 'priority' => 30,
4904 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4905 ] ],
4906 ],
4907 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4908 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4909 'args' => [ [
4910 'priority' => 75,
4911 ] ],
4912 ],
4913 ];
4914
4915 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4916
4917 /************************************************************************//**
4918 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4919 * @{
4920 */
4921
4922 /**
4923 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4924 */
4925 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4926
4927 /**
4928 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4929 */
4930 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4931
4932 /**
4933 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4934 */
4935 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4936
4937 /**
4938 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4939 *
4940 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4941 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4942 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4943 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4944 *
4945 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4946 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4947 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4948 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4949 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4950 */
4951 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4952 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
4953 'IPv6' => 19,
4954 ];
4955
4956 /**
4957 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
4958 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
4959 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
4960 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
4961 * anonymous visitors.
4962 */
4963 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
4964
4965 /**
4966 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
4967 *
4968 * @par Example:
4969 * @code
4970 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
4971 * @endcode
4972 *
4973 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
4974 *
4975 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4976 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4977 *
4978 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
4979 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
4980 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
4981 */
4982 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
4983
4984 /**
4985 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
4986 *
4987 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
4988 * is without underscore.
4989 *
4990 * @par Example:
4991 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
4992 * @code
4993 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = array( "/Main Page/" );
4994 * @endcode
4995 *
4996 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
4997 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
4998 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
4999 *
5000 * @par Example:
5001 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5002 * @code
5003 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = array( "@^UsEr.*@i" );
5004 * @endcode
5005 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5006 *
5007 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5008 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5009 */
5010 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5011
5012 /**
5013 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5014 * address before being allowed to edit?
5015 */
5016 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5017
5018 /**
5019 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5020 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5021 */
5022 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5023
5024 /**
5025 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5026 *
5027 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5028 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5029 *
5030 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5031 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5032 *
5033 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5034 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5035 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5036 * in in the user_groups table.
5037 *
5038 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = array(); unless you know what you're
5039 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5040 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5041 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5042 *
5043 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5044 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5045 *
5046 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5047 */
5048 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5049
5050 /** @cond file_level_code */
5051 // Implicit group for all visitors
5052 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5053 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5054 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5055 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5056 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5057 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5058 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5059 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5060 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5061 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5062 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5063 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5064 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5065 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5066
5067 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5068 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5069 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5070 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5071 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5072 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5073 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5074 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5075 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5076 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5077 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5078 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5079 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5080 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5081 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5082 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true; // can use ?action=purge without clicking "ok"
5083 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5084 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5085 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5086
5087 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5088 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5089 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5090
5091 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5092 // from various log pages by default
5093 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5094 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5095 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5096 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5097 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5098 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5099 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5100 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5101
5102 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5103 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5104 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5105 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5106 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5107 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5108 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5110 // can view deleted revision text
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5112 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5113 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5114 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5143 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5144 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5148
5149 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5152 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5153 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5154 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5155 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5156
5157 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5158 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5159 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5160 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5161 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5162 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5163 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5164 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5165 // For private suppression log access
5166 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5167
5168 /**
5169 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5170 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5171 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5172 * server.
5173 */
5174 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5175
5176 /** @endcond */
5177
5178 /**
5179 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5180 *
5181 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5182 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5183 *
5184 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5185 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5186 */
5187 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5188
5189 /**
5190 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5191 */
5192 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5193
5194 /**
5195 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5196 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5197 *
5198 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5199 * group".
5200 *
5201 * @par Example:
5202 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5203 * @code
5204 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = array( 'sysop' => array( 'bot' ) );
5205 * @endcode
5206 *
5207 * @par Example:
5208 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5209 * @code
5210 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = array( '*' => true );
5211 * @endcode
5212 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5213 * any group that they happen to be in.
5214 */
5215 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5216
5217 /**
5218 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5219 */
5220 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5221
5222 /**
5223 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5224 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5225 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5226 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5227 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5228 */
5229 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5230
5231 /**
5232 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5233 *
5234 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5235 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5236 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5237 *
5238 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5239 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5240 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5241 */
5242 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5243
5244 /**
5245 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5246 *
5247 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5248 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5249 *
5250 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5251 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5252 */
5253 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5254
5255 /**
5256 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5257 *
5258 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5259 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5260 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5261 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5262 * "semiprotected".
5263 *
5264 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5265 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5266 */
5267 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5268
5269 /**
5270 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5271 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5272 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5273 *
5274 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5275 */
5276 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5277
5278 /**
5279 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5280 *
5281 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5282 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5283 *
5284 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5285 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5286 */
5287 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5288
5289 /**
5290 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5291 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5292 * privileges of new accounts.
5293 *
5294 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5295 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5296 *
5297 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5298 *
5299 * @par Example:
5300 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5301 * @code
5302 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5303 * @endcode
5304 * Set age to one day:
5305 * @code
5306 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5307 * @endcode
5308 */
5309 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5310
5311 /**
5312 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5313 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5314 *
5315 * @par Example:
5316 * @code
5317 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5318 * @endcode
5319 */
5320 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5321
5322 /**
5323 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5324 *
5325 * @todo Redocument $wgAutopromote
5326 *
5327 * The format is
5328 * array( '&' or '|' or '^' or '!', cond1, cond2, ... )
5329 * where cond1, cond2, ... are themselves conditions; *OR*
5330 * APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED, *OR*
5331 * array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ), *OR*
5332 * array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ), *OR*
5333 * array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ), *OR*
5334 * array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ), *OR*
5335 * array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ), *OR*
5336 * array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ), *OR*
5337 * array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ), *OR*
5338 * array( APCOND_BLOCKED ), *OR*
5339 * array( APCOND_ISBOT ), *OR*
5340 * similar constructs defined by extensions.
5341 *
5342 * If $wgEmailAuthentication is off, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5343 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5344 */
5345 $wgAutopromote = [
5346 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5347 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5348 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5349 ],
5350 ];
5351
5352 /**
5353 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5354 *
5355 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5356 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5357 *
5358 * The format is:
5359 * @code
5360 * array( event => criteria, ... )
5361 * @endcode
5362 * Where event is either:
5363 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5364 *
5365 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5366 *
5367 * @see $wgAutopromote
5368 * @since 1.18
5369 */
5370 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5371 'onEdit' => [],
5372 ];
5373
5374 /**
5375 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5376 * @since 1.18
5377 */
5378 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5379
5380 /**
5381 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5382 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5383 *
5384 * @par Example:
5385 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5386 * @code
5387 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5388 * @endcode
5389 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5390 * @code
5391 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = array( 'bot', 'sysop' );
5392 * @endcode
5393 * Sysops can make bots:
5394 * @code
5395 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = array( 'bot' );
5396 * @endcode
5397 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5398 * @code
5399 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = array( 'sysop', 'bot' );
5400 * @endcode
5401 */
5402 $wgAddGroups = [];
5403
5404 /**
5405 * @see $wgAddGroups
5406 */
5407 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5408
5409 /**
5410 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5411 * For extensions only.
5412 */
5413 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5414
5415 /**
5416 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5417 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5418 */
5419 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5420
5421 /**
5422 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5423 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5424 * This is limited for performance reason.
5425 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5426 * @since 1.23
5427 */
5428 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5429
5430 /**
5431 * Number of accounts each IP address may create, 0 to disable.
5432 *
5433 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5434 */
5435 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = 0;
5436
5437 /**
5438 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5439 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5440 *
5441 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5442 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5443 *
5444 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5445 *
5446 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5447 */
5448 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5449
5450 /**
5451 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5452 */
5453 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5454
5455 /**
5456 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5457 * proxies
5458 * @since 1.16
5459 */
5460 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5461
5462 /**
5463 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5464 *
5465 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5466 * the blacklist require a key).
5467 *
5468 * @par Example:
5469 * @code
5470 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = array(
5471 * // String containing URL
5472 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5473 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5474 * array( 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ),
5475 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5476 * // just use a string as shown above
5477 * array( 'opm.tornevall.org.' )
5478 * );
5479 * @endcode
5480 *
5481 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5482 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5483 * @since 1.16
5484 */
5485 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5486
5487 /**
5488 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5489 * what the other methods might say.
5490 */
5491 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5492
5493 /**
5494 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5495 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5496 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5497 */
5498 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5499
5500 /**
5501 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5502 *
5503 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5504 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5505 * elapses.
5506 *
5507 * @par Example:
5508 * To set a generic maximum of 4 hits in 60 seconds:
5509 * @code
5510 * $wgRateLimits = array( 4, 60 );
5511 * @endcode
5512 *
5513 * @par Example:
5514 * You could also limit per action and then type of users.
5515 * @code
5516 * $wgRateLimits = array(
5517 * 'edit' => array(
5518 * 'anon' => array( x, y ), // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5519 * 'user' => array( x, y ), // each logged-in user
5520 * 'newbie' => array( x, y ), // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5521 * 'ip' => array( x, y ), // each anon and recent account
5522 * 'subnet' => array( x, y ), // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5523 * )
5524 * )
5525 * @endcode
5526 *
5527 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5528 */
5529 $wgRateLimits = [
5530 // Page edits
5531 'edit' => [
5532 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5533 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5534 ],
5535 // Page moves
5536 'move' => [
5537 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5538 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5539 ],
5540 // File uploads
5541 'upload' => [
5542 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5543 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5544 ],
5545 // Page rollbacks
5546 'rollback' => [
5547 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5548 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5549 ],
5550 // Triggering password resets emails
5551 'mailpassword' => [
5552 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5553 ],
5554 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5555 'emailuser' => [
5556 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5557 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5558 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5559 ],
5560 // Purging pages
5561 'purge' => [
5562 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5563 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5564 ],
5565 // Purges of link tables
5566 'linkpurge' => [
5567 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5568 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5569 ],
5570 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5571 'renderfile' => [
5572 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5573 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5574 ],
5575 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5576 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5577 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5578 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5579 ],
5580 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5581 'stashedit' => [
5582 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5583 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5584 ],
5585 // Adding or removing change tags
5586 'changetag' => [
5587 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5588 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5589 ],
5590 ];
5591
5592 /**
5593 * Array of IPs which should be excluded from rate limits.
5594 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5595 */
5596 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5597
5598 /**
5599 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5600 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5601 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5602 */
5603 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5604
5605 /**
5606 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5607 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5608 */
5609 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5610
5611 /**
5612 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5613 *
5614 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5615 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5616 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5617 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5618 *
5619 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5620 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5621 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5622 */
5623 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5624 // Short term limit
5625 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5626 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5627 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5628 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5629 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60*60*48 ],
5630 ];
5631
5632 /**
5633 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5634 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5635 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5636 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5637 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5638 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5639 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5640 * @since 1.27
5641 */
5642 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5643
5644 // @TODO: clean up grants
5645 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5646
5647 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5648 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5649 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5650 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5651 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5652 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5653 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5654 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5655 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5656 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5657
5658 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5659 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5660 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5661 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5662
5663 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5664 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5665 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5666 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5667
5668 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5669 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5670
5671 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5672 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5673 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5674
5675 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5676
5677 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5678 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5679 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5680 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5681
5682 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5683 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5684 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5685 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5686 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5687 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5688 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5689
5690 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5691 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5692
5693 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5694 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5695 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5696 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5697 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5698 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5699
5700 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5701
5702 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5703
5704 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5705 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5706
5707 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5708 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5709 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5710
5711 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5712 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5713 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5714 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5715 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5716 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5717 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5718
5719 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5720 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5721
5722 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5723
5724 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5725
5726 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5727
5728 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5729
5730 /**
5731 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5732 * @since 1.27
5733 */
5734 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5735 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5736 'basic' => 'hidden',
5737
5738 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5739 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5740 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5741 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5742
5743 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5744 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5745
5746 'sendemail' => 'email',
5747
5748 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5749 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5750
5751 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5752 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5753
5754 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5755 'rollback' => 'administration',
5756 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5757 'delete' => 'administration',
5758 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5759 'protect' => 'administration',
5760 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5761
5762 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5763 ];
5764
5765 /**
5766 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5767 * @since 1.27
5768 */
5769 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5770
5771 /**
5772 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5773 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5774 * @since 1.27
5775 */
5776 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5777
5778 /**
5779 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5780 *
5781 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5782 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5783 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5784 * @since 1.27
5785 */
5786 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5787
5788 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5789
5790 /************************************************************************//**
5791 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5792 * @{
5793 */
5794
5795 /**
5796 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5797 */
5798 $wgSecretKey = false;
5799
5800 /**
5801 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5802 *
5803 * This can have the following formats:
5804 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5805 * or the keys (for backward compatibility)
5806 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5807 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5808 */
5809 $wgProxyList = [];
5810
5811 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5812
5813 /************************************************************************//**
5814 * @name Cookie settings
5815 * @{
5816 */
5817
5818 /**
5819 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5820 */
5821 $wgCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5822
5823 /**
5824 * The identifiers of the login cookies that can have their lifetimes
5825 * extended independently of all other login cookies.
5826 *
5827 * @var string[]
5828 */
5829 $wgExtendedLoginCookies = [ 'UserID', 'Token' ];
5830
5831 /**
5832 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5833 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5834 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5835 * login cookies session-only.
5836 */
5837 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = null;
5838
5839 /**
5840 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5841 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5842 */
5843 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5844
5845 /**
5846 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5847 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5848 */
5849 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5850
5851 /**
5852 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5853 * - true: Set secure flag
5854 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5855 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5856 */
5857 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5858
5859 /**
5860 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5861 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5862 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5863 * check.
5864 */
5865 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5866
5867 /**
5868 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5869 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5870 * name to be used as a prefix.
5871 */
5872 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5873
5874 /**
5875 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
5876 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
5877 * XSS attack.
5878 */
5879 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
5880
5881 /**
5882 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
5883 */
5884 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
5885
5886 /**
5887 * Override to customise the session name
5888 */
5889 $wgSessionName = false;
5890
5891 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
5892
5893 /************************************************************************//**
5894 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
5895 * @{
5896 */
5897
5898 /**
5899 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
5900 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
5901 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
5902 * Please see math/README for more information.
5903 */
5904 $wgUseTeX = false;
5905
5906 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
5907
5908 /************************************************************************//**
5909 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
5910 *
5911 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
5912 *
5913 * @{
5914 */
5915
5916 /**
5917 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
5918 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
5919 * may contain private data.
5920 */
5921 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
5922
5923 /**
5924 * Prefix for debug log lines
5925 */
5926 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
5927
5928 /**
5929 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
5930 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
5931 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
5932 */
5933 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
5934
5935 /**
5936 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
5937 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
5938 * and gen=js requests.
5939 */
5940 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
5941
5942 /**
5943 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
5944 *
5945 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
5946 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
5947 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
5948 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
5949 */
5950 $wgDebugComments = false;
5951
5952 /**
5953 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
5954 *
5955 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
5956 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
5957 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
5958 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
5959 */
5960 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
5961
5962 /**
5963 * Performance expectations for DB usage
5964 *
5965 * @since 1.26
5966 */
5967 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
5968 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
5969 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
5970 'GET' => [
5971 'masterConns' => 0,
5972 'writes' => 0,
5973 'readQueryTime' => 5
5974 ],
5975 // HTTP POST requests.
5976 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
5977 'POST' => [
5978 'readQueryTime' => 5,
5979 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
5980 'maxAffected' => 500
5981 ],
5982 'POST-nonwrite' => [
5983 'masterConns' => 0,
5984 'writes' => 0,
5985 'readQueryTime' => 5
5986 ],
5987 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent
5988 'PostSend' => [
5989 'readQueryTime' => 5,
5990 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
5991 'maxAffected' => 500
5992 ],
5993 // Background job runner
5994 'JobRunner' => [
5995 'readQueryTime' => 30,
5996 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
5997 'maxAffected' => 1000
5998 ],
5999 // Command-line scripts
6000 'Maintenance' => [
6001 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6002 'maxAffected' => 1000
6003 ]
6004 ];
6005
6006 /**
6007 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6008 *
6009 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6010 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6011 * in production.
6012 *
6013 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6014 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6015 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6016 * - associative array with keys:
6017 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6018 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6019 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6020 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6021 *
6022 * @par Example:
6023 * @code
6024 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6025 * @endcode
6026 *
6027 * @par Advanced example:
6028 * @code
6029 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = array(
6030 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6031 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6032 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6033 * );
6034 * @endcode
6035 */
6036 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6037
6038 /**
6039 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6040 *
6041 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6042 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6043 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6044 * details.
6045 *
6046 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6047 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6048 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6049 *
6050 * @par To completely disable logging:
6051 * @code
6052 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = array( 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' );
6053 * @endcode
6054 *
6055 * @since 1.25
6056 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6057 * @see MwLogger
6058 */
6059 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6060 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6061 ];
6062
6063 /**
6064 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6065 *
6066 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6067 */
6068 $wgShowDebug = false;
6069
6070 /**
6071 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6072 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6073 */
6074 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6075
6076 /**
6077 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6078 */
6079 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6080
6081 /**
6082 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6083 */
6084 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6085
6086 /**
6087 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6088 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6089 * to an attacker.
6090 */
6091 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6092
6093 /**
6094 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6095 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6096 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6097 * formatting.
6098 */
6099 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6100
6101 /**
6102 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6103 *
6104 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6105 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6106 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6107 * exception handler.
6108 */
6109 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6110
6111 /**
6112 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6113 */
6114 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6115
6116 /**
6117 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6118 */
6119 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6120
6121 /**
6122 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6123 * Should be a string, default false.
6124 * @since 1.20
6125 */
6126 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6127
6128 /**
6129 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6130 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6131 */
6132 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6133
6134 /**
6135 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6136 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6137 * after the limit.
6138 */
6139 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6140
6141 /**
6142 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6143 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6144 */
6145 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6146
6147 /**
6148 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6149 *
6150 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6151 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6152 */
6153 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6154
6155 /**
6156 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6157 *
6158 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6159 *
6160 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6161 *
6162 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6163 * @since 1.25
6164 */
6165 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6166
6167 /**
6168 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6169 *
6170 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6171 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6172 * @since 1.25
6173 */
6174 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6175
6176 /**
6177 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6178 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6179 * templates.
6180 */
6181 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6182
6183 /**
6184 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6185 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6186 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6187 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6188 */
6189 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6190
6191 /**
6192 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6193 * filename is passed to it.
6194 *
6195 * Extensions may add their own tests to this array, or site-local tests
6196 * may be added via LocalSettings.php
6197 *
6198 * Use full paths.
6199 */
6200 $wgParserTestFiles = [
6201 "$IP/tests/parser/parserTests.txt",
6202 "$IP/tests/parser/extraParserTests.txt"
6203 ];
6204
6205 /**
6206 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6207 */
6208 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6209
6210 /**
6211 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6212 * @since 1.19
6213 */
6214 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6215
6216 /**
6217 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6218 * queries and other useful output.
6219 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6220 *
6221 * @since 1.19
6222 */
6223 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6224
6225 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6226
6227 /************************************************************************//**
6228 * @name Search
6229 * @{
6230 */
6231
6232 /**
6233 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6234 */
6235 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6236
6237 /**
6238 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6239 * by default off due to execution overhead
6240 */
6241 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6242
6243 /**
6244 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6245 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6246 */
6247 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6248
6249 /**
6250 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6251 *
6252 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6253 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6254 *
6255 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6256 *
6257 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6258 */
6259 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6260
6261 /**
6262 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6263 *
6264 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6265 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6266 *
6267 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6268 */
6269 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6270 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6271 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6272 ];
6273
6274 /**
6275 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6276 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6277 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6278 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6279 */
6280 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6281
6282 /**
6283 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6284 * OpenSearch call.
6285 */
6286 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6287
6288 /**
6289 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6290 */
6291 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6292
6293 /**
6294 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6295 */
6296 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6297
6298 /**
6299 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6300 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6301 */
6302 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6303
6304 /**
6305 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6306 *
6307 * @par Example:
6308 * @code
6309 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6310 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6311 * @endcode
6312 */
6313 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6314 NS_MAIN => true,
6315 ];
6316
6317 /**
6318 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6319 * implemented by an extension instead.
6320 */
6321 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6322
6323 /**
6324 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6325 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6326 * search term.
6327 *
6328 * @par Example:
6329 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6330 * @code
6331 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6332 * 'http://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6333 * '&domains=http://example.com' .
6334 * '&sitesearch=http://example.com' .
6335 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6336 * @endcode
6337 */
6338 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6339
6340 /**
6341 * Search form behavior.
6342 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6343 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6344 */
6345 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6346
6347 /**
6348 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6349 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6350 * generated for all namespaces.
6351 */
6352 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6353
6354 /**
6355 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6356 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6357 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6358 *
6359 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6360 * @par Example:
6361 * @code
6362 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = array(
6363 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6364 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6365 * );
6366 * @endcode
6367 */
6368 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6369
6370 /**
6371 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6372 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6373 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6374 */
6375 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6376
6377 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6378
6379 /************************************************************************//**
6380 * @name Edit user interface
6381 * @{
6382 */
6383
6384 /**
6385 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6386 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6387 */
6388 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6389
6390 /**
6391 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6392 */
6393 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6394
6395 /**
6396 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6397 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6398 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6399 */
6400 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6401 NS_CATEGORY => true
6402 ];
6403
6404 /**
6405 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6406 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6407 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6408 */
6409 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6410
6411 /**
6412 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6413 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6414 * ting this variable false.
6415 */
6416 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6417
6418 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6419
6420 /************************************************************************//**
6421 * @name Maintenance
6422 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6423 * @{
6424 */
6425
6426 /**
6427 * @cond file_level_code
6428 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6429 */
6430 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6431 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6432 }
6433 /** @endcond */
6434
6435 /**
6436 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6437 */
6438 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6439
6440 /**
6441 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6442 * used as an explanation to users.
6443 *
6444 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6445 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6446 * option in MySQL.
6447 */
6448 $wgReadOnly = null;
6449
6450 /**
6451 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6452 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6453 * message.
6454 *
6455 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6456 */
6457 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6458
6459 /**
6460 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6461 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6462 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6463 *
6464 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6465 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6466 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6467 */
6468 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6469
6470 /**
6471 * Fully specified path to git binary
6472 */
6473 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6474
6475 /**
6476 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6477 *
6478 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6479 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6480 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6481 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6482 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6483 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6484 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6485 *
6486 * @since 1.20
6487 */
6488 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6489 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6490 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6491 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6492 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6493 ];
6494
6495 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6496
6497 /************************************************************************//**
6498 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6499 * @{
6500 */
6501
6502 /**
6503 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6504 * seconds will go.
6505 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6506 */
6507 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6508
6509 /**
6510 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6511 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6512 * @since 1.26
6513 */
6514 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6515
6516 /**
6517 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6518 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6519 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6520 * @since 1.26
6521 */
6522 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6523
6524 /**
6525 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6526 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6527 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6528 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6529 * is still there.
6530 */
6531 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6532
6533 /**
6534 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6535 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6536 */
6537 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6538
6539 /**
6540 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6541 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6542 */
6543 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6544
6545 /**
6546 * Destinations to which notifications about recent changes
6547 * should be sent.
6548 *
6549 * As of MediaWiki 1.22, there are 2 supported 'engine' parameter option in core:
6550 * * 'UDPRCFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes over UDP to the
6551 * specified server.
6552 * * 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes to Redis.
6553 *
6554 * The common options are:
6555 * * 'uri' -- the address to which the notices are to be sent.
6556 * * 'formatter' -- the class name (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6557 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6558 * * 'omit_bots' -- whether the bot edits should be in the feed
6559 * * 'omit_anon' -- whether anonymous edits should be in the feed
6560 * * 'omit_user' -- whether edits by registered users should be in the feed
6561 * * 'omit_minor' -- whether minor edits should be in the feed
6562 * * 'omit_patrolled' -- whether patrolled edits should be in the feed
6563 *
6564 * The IRC-specific options are:
6565 * * 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6566 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6567 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6568 *
6569 * The JSON-specific options are:
6570 * * 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6571 *
6572 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = array(
6573 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6574 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1336",
6575 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6576 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6577 * );
6578 * @example $wgRCFeeds['exampleirc'] = array(
6579 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6580 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1338",
6581 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6582 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6583 * );
6584 * @since 1.22
6585 */
6586 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6587
6588 /**
6589 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine to use for a given URI scheme.
6590 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of engine classes.
6591 */
6592 $wgRCEngines = [
6593 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6594 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6595 ];
6596
6597 /**
6598 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6599 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6600 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6601 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6602 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6603 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6604 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6605 *
6606 * @since 1.27
6607 */
6608 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6609
6610 /**
6611 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6612 * New pages and new files are included.
6613 */
6614 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6615
6616 /**
6617 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6618 */
6619 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6620
6621 /**
6622 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6623 *
6624 * @since 1.27
6625 */
6626 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6627
6628 /**
6629 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6630 */
6631 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6632
6633 /**
6634 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6635 */
6636 $wgFeed = true;
6637
6638 /**
6639 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6640 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6641 */
6642 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6643
6644 /**
6645 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6646 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6647 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6648 *
6649 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6650 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6651 */
6652 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6653
6654 /**
6655 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6656 * pages larger than this size.
6657 */
6658 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6659
6660 /**
6661 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6662 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6663 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6664 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6665 * as value.
6666 * @par Example:
6667 * Configure the 'atom' feed to http://example.com/somefeed.xml
6668 * @code
6669 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "http://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6670 * @endcode
6671 */
6672 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6673
6674 /**
6675 * Available feeds objects.
6676 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6677 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6678 */
6679 $wgFeedClasses = [
6680 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6681 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6682 ];
6683
6684 /**
6685 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6686 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6687 */
6688 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6689
6690 /**
6691 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6692 */
6693 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6694
6695 /**
6696 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6697 */
6698 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6699
6700 /**
6701 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6702 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6703 * highlighted on the RC page.
6704 */
6705 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6706
6707 /**
6708 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6709 * view for watched pages with new changes
6710 */
6711 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6712
6713 /**
6714 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6715 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6716 */
6717 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6718
6719 /**
6720 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6721 */
6722 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6723
6724 /**
6725 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6726 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6727 */
6728 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6729
6730 /**
6731 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6732 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6733 * watchers.
6734 *
6735 * @since 1.21
6736 */
6737 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6738
6739 /**
6740 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6741 * certain types of edits.
6742 *
6743 * To register a new one:
6744 * @code
6745 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => array(
6746 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6747 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6748 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6749 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6750 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6751 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6752 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6753 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6754 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6755 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6756 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6757 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6758 * );
6759 * @endcode
6760 *
6761 * @since 1.22
6762 */
6763 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6764 'newpage' => [
6765 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6766 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6767 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6768 'grouping' => 'any',
6769 ],
6770 'minor' => [
6771 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6772 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6773 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6774 'class' => 'minoredit',
6775 'grouping' => 'all',
6776 ],
6777 'bot' => [
6778 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6779 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6780 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6781 'class' => 'botedit',
6782 'grouping' => 'all',
6783 ],
6784 'unpatrolled' => [
6785 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
6786 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
6787 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
6788 'grouping' => 'any',
6789 ],
6790 ];
6791
6792 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
6793
6794 /************************************************************************//**
6795 * @name Copyright and credits settings
6796 * @{
6797 */
6798
6799 /**
6800 * Override for copyright metadata.
6801 *
6802 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
6803 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
6804 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
6805 */
6806 $wgRightsPage = null;
6807
6808 /**
6809 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
6810 * wiki.
6811 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
6812 */
6813 $wgRightsUrl = null;
6814
6815 /**
6816 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
6817 * link.
6818 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
6819 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
6820 */
6821 $wgRightsText = null;
6822
6823 /**
6824 * Override for copyright metadata.
6825 */
6826 $wgRightsIcon = null;
6827
6828 /**
6829 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
6830 */
6831 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
6832
6833 /**
6834 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
6835 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
6836 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
6837 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
6838 * large wikis.
6839 */
6840 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
6841
6842 /**
6843 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
6844 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
6845 */
6846 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
6847
6848 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
6849
6850 /************************************************************************//**
6851 * @name Import / Export
6852 * @{
6853 */
6854
6855 /**
6856 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
6857 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
6858 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
6859 *
6860 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
6861 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
6862 * e.g.
6863 * @code
6864 * $wgImportSources = array(
6865 * 'wikipedia' => array( 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ),
6866 * 'wikispecies',
6867 * 'wikia' => array( 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ),
6868 * );
6869 * @endcode
6870 *
6871 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
6872 * the ImportSources hook.
6873 *
6874 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
6875 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
6876 */
6877 $wgImportSources = [];
6878
6879 /**
6880 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
6881 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
6882 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
6883 *
6884 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
6885 */
6886 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
6887
6888 /**
6889 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
6890 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
6891 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
6892 */
6893 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
6894
6895 /**
6896 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
6897 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
6898 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
6899 */
6900 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
6901
6902 /**
6903 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
6904 */
6905 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
6906
6907 /**
6908 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
6909 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
6910 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
6911 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
6912 * it's disabled by default for now.
6913 *
6914 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
6915 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
6916 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
6917 */
6918 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
6919
6920 /**
6921 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
6922 */
6923 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
6924
6925 /**
6926 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
6927 */
6928 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
6929
6930 /**
6931 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
6932 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
6933 *
6934 * @since 1.27
6935 */
6936 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
6937
6938 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
6939
6940 /*************************************************************************//**
6941 * @name Extensions
6942 * @{
6943 */
6944
6945 /**
6946 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
6947 * initialised
6948 */
6949 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
6950
6951 /**
6952 * Extension messages files.
6953 *
6954 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
6955 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
6956 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
6957 * is the most common.
6958 *
6959 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
6960 * in the core.
6961 *
6962 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
6963 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
6964 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
6965 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
6966 *
6967 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
6968 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
6969 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
6970 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
6971 *
6972 * @par Example:
6973 * @code
6974 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
6975 * @endcode
6976 */
6977 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
6978
6979 /**
6980 * Extension messages directories.
6981 *
6982 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
6983 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
6984 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
6985 * message directories.
6986 *
6987 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
6988 *
6989 * @par Simple example:
6990 * @code
6991 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
6992 * @endcode
6993 *
6994 * @par Complex example:
6995 * @code
6996 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = array(
6997 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
6998 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
6999 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7000 * )
7001 * @endcode
7002 * @since 1.23
7003 */
7004 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7005
7006 /**
7007 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7008 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7009 * @since 1.22
7010 */
7011 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7012
7013 /**
7014 * Parser output hooks.
7015 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7016 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7017 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7018 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7019 *
7020 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7021 *
7022 * The callback has the form:
7023 * @code
7024 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7025 * @endcode
7026 */
7027 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7028
7029 /**
7030 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7031 */
7032 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7033
7034 /**
7035 * List of valid skin names
7036 *
7037 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7038 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7039 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7040 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7041 */
7042 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7043
7044 /**
7045 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7046 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7047 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7048 * SpecialPage.
7049 */
7050 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7051
7052 /**
7053 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7054 */
7055 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7056
7057 /**
7058 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7059 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7060 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7061 */
7062 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7063
7064 /**
7065 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7066 *
7067 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7068 *
7069 * @code
7070 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = array(
7071 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7072 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7073 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7074 * 'author' => array(
7075 * 'Foo Barstein',
7076 * ),
7077 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7078 * 'url' => 'http://example.org/example-extension/',
7079 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7080 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7081 * );
7082 * @endcode
7083 *
7084 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7085 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7086 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7087 * interpreted as wikitext.
7088 *
7089 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7090 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7091 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7092 *
7093 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7094 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7095 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7096 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7097 *
7098 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7099 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7100 * usually are.)
7101 *
7102 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7103 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7104 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7105 * for instance "[http://example ...]".
7106 *
7107 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7108 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7109 *
7110 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7111 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7112 *
7113 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7114 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7115 */
7116 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7117
7118 /**
7119 * Authentication plugin.
7120 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7121 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7122 */
7123 $wgAuth = null;
7124
7125 /**
7126 * Global list of hooks.
7127 *
7128 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7129 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7130 * internally by Hook:run().
7131 *
7132 * The value can be one of:
7133 *
7134 * - A function name:
7135 * @code
7136 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7137 * @endcode
7138 * - A function with some data:
7139 * @code
7140 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = array( $function, $data );
7141 * @endcode
7142 * - A an object method:
7143 * @code
7144 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = array( $object, 'method' );
7145 * @endcode
7146 * - A closure:
7147 * @code
7148 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7149 * // Handler code goes here.
7150 * };
7151 * @endcode
7152 *
7153 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7154 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7155 *
7156 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7157 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7158 */
7159 $wgHooks = [];
7160
7161 /**
7162 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7163 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7164 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7165 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7166 * hook for that.
7167 *
7168 * @see MediaWikiServices
7169 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7170 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7171 */
7172 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7173 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7174 ];
7175
7176 /**
7177 * Maps jobs to their handling classes; extensions
7178 * can add to this to provide custom jobs
7179 */
7180 $wgJobClasses = [
7181 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7182 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7183 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7184 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7185 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7186 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7187 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7188 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7189 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7190 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7191 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7192 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7193 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7194 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7195 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7196 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7197 'null' => 'NullJob'
7198 ];
7199
7200 /**
7201 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7202 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7203 *
7204 * These can be:
7205 * - Very long-running jobs.
7206 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7207 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7208 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7209 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7210 */
7211 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7212
7213 /**
7214 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7215 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7216 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7217 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7218 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7219 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7220 * @var float[]
7221 */
7222 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7223
7224 /**
7225 * Make job runners commit changes for slave-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7226 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on slave lag checks.
7227 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7228 *
7229 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7230 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7231 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7232 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7233 *
7234 * @var float|bool
7235 * @since 1.26
7236 */
7237 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7238
7239 /**
7240 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7241 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7242 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7243 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7244 */
7245 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7246 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7247 ];
7248
7249 /**
7250 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7251 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7252 */
7253 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7254 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7255 ];
7256
7257 /**
7258 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7259 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7260 */
7261 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7262 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7263 ];
7264
7265 /**
7266 * Hooks that are used for outputting exceptions. Format is:
7267 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = $funcname
7268 * or:
7269 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = array( $class, $funcname )
7270 * Hooks should return strings or false
7271 */
7272 $wgExceptionHooks = [];
7273
7274 /**
7275 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7276 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7277 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7278 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7279 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7280 */
7281 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7282 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7283 ];
7284
7285 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7286
7287 /*************************************************************************//**
7288 * @name Categories
7289 * @{
7290 */
7291
7292 /**
7293 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7294 */
7295 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7296
7297 /**
7298 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7299 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7300 */
7301 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7302
7303 /**
7304 * Paging limit for categories
7305 */
7306 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7307
7308 /**
7309 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7310 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7311 *
7312 * Available values are:
7313 *
7314 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7315 *
7316 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7317 *
7318 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7319 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7320 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7321 *
7322 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7323 * installed. See http://php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7324 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7325 * server.
7326 *
7327 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7328 * the sort keys in the database.
7329 *
7330 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7331 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7332 */
7333 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7334
7335 /** @} */ # End categories }
7336
7337 /*************************************************************************//**
7338 * @name Logging
7339 * @{
7340 */
7341
7342 /**
7343 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7344 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7345 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7346 * log type.
7347 */
7348 $wgLogTypes = [
7349 '',
7350 'block',
7351 'protect',
7352 'rights',
7353 'delete',
7354 'upload',
7355 'move',
7356 'import',
7357 'patrol',
7358 'merge',
7359 'suppress',
7360 'tag',
7361 'managetags',
7362 'contentmodel',
7363 ];
7364
7365 /**
7366 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7367 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7368 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7369 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7370 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7371 */
7372 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7373 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7374 ];
7375
7376 /**
7377 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7378 *
7379 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7380 *
7381 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7382 *
7383 * @par Example:
7384 * @code
7385 * $wgFilterLogTypes = array(
7386 * 'move' => true,
7387 * 'import' => false,
7388 * );
7389 * @endcode
7390 *
7391 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7392 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7393 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7394 *
7395 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7396 * for the link text.
7397 */
7398 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7399 'patrol' => true,
7400 'tag' => true,
7401 ];
7402
7403 /**
7404 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7405 * will be listed in the user interface.
7406 *
7407 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7408 *
7409 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7410 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7411 */
7412 $wgLogNames = [
7413 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7414 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7415 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7416 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7417 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7418 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7419 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7420 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7421 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7422 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7423 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7424 ];
7425
7426 /**
7427 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7428 * top of each log type.
7429 *
7430 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7431 *
7432 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7433 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7434 */
7435 $wgLogHeaders = [
7436 '' => 'alllogstext',
7437 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7438 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7439 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7440 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7441 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7442 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7443 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7444 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7445 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7446 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7447 ];
7448
7449 /**
7450 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7451 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7452 *
7453 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7454 */
7455 $wgLogActions = [];
7456
7457 /**
7458 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7459 * not messages.
7460 * @see LogPage::actionText
7461 * @see LogFormatter
7462 */
7463 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7464 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7465 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7466 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7467 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7468 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7469 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7470 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7471 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7472 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7473 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7474 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7475 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7476 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7477 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7478 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7479 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7480 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7481 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7482 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7483 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7484 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7485 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7486 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7487 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7488 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7489 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7490 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7491 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7492 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7493 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7494 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7495 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7496 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7497 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7498 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7499 ];
7500
7501 /**
7502 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7503 *
7504 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7505 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7506 * Extensions may append to this array
7507 * @since 1.27
7508 */
7509 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7510 'block' => [
7511 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7512 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7513 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7514 ],
7515 'contentmodel' => [
7516 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7517 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7518 ],
7519 'delete' => [
7520 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7521 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7522 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7523 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7524 ],
7525 'import' => [
7526 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7527 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7528 ],
7529 'managetags' => [
7530 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7531 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7532 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7533 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7534 ],
7535 'move' => [
7536 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7537 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7538 ],
7539 'newusers' => [
7540 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7541 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7542 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7543 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7544 ],
7545 'patrol' => [
7546 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7547 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7548 ],
7549 'protect' => [
7550 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7551 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7552 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7553 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7554 ],
7555 'rights' => [
7556 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7557 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7558 ],
7559 'suppress' => [
7560 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7561 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7562 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7563 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7564 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7565 ],
7566 'upload' => [
7567 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7568 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7569 ],
7570 ];
7571
7572 /**
7573 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7574 */
7575 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7576
7577 /** @} */ # end logging }
7578
7579 /*************************************************************************//**
7580 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7581 * @{
7582 */
7583
7584 /**
7585 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7586 */
7587 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7588
7589 /**
7590 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7591 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7592 */
7593 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7594
7595 /**
7596 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7597 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7598 */
7599 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7600
7601 /**
7602 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7603 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7604 */
7605 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7606
7607 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7608
7609 /*************************************************************************//**
7610 * @name Actions
7611 * @{
7612 */
7613
7614 /**
7615 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7616 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7617 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7618 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7619 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7620 * instead of the default class.
7621 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7622 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7623 */
7624 $wgActions = [
7625 'credits' => true,
7626 'delete' => true,
7627 'edit' => true,
7628 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7629 'history' => true,
7630 'info' => true,
7631 'markpatrolled' => true,
7632 'protect' => true,
7633 'purge' => true,
7634 'raw' => true,
7635 'render' => true,
7636 'revert' => true,
7637 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7638 'rollback' => true,
7639 'submit' => true,
7640 'unprotect' => true,
7641 'unwatch' => true,
7642 'view' => true,
7643 'watch' => true,
7644 ];
7645
7646 /** @} */ # end actions }
7647
7648 /*************************************************************************//**
7649 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7650 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7651 * @{
7652 */
7653
7654 /**
7655 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7656 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7657 * basis.
7658 */
7659 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7660
7661 /**
7662 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7663 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7664 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7665 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7666 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7667 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7668 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7669 *
7670 * @par Example:
7671 * @code
7672 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = array( NS_TALK => 'noindex' );
7673 * @endcode
7674 */
7675 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7676
7677 /**
7678 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7679 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7680 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7681 *
7682 * @par Example:
7683 * @code
7684 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = array(
7685 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7686 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7687 * );
7688 * @endcode
7689 *
7690 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7691 * forms:
7692 * @code
7693 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = array(
7694 * # Underscore, not space!
7695 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7696 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7697 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7698 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7699 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7700 * );
7701 * @endcode
7702 */
7703 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7704
7705 /**
7706 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7707 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7708 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7709 *
7710 * @par Example:
7711 * @code
7712 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = array( NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT );
7713 * @endcode
7714 */
7715 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7716
7717 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7718
7719 /************************************************************************//**
7720 * @name AJAX and API
7721 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7722 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7723 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7724 * @{
7725 */
7726
7727 /**
7728 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7729 * machine-readable data via api.php
7730 *
7731 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7732 */
7733 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7734
7735 /**
7736 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7737 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7738 * accesses it
7739 */
7740 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7741
7742 /**
7743 *
7744 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7745 *
7746 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7747 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7748 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7749 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7750 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7751 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7752 * requiring POST.
7753 *
7754 * @since 1.21
7755 */
7756 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7757
7758 /**
7759 * API module extensions.
7760 *
7761 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7762 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7763 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7764 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7765 *
7766 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7767 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7768 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7769 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7770 * field.
7771 *
7772 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7773 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7774 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7775 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7776 *
7777 * Examples for registering API modules:
7778 *
7779 * @code
7780 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
7781 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = array(
7782 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
7783 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
7784 * );
7785 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = array(
7786 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
7787 * 'factory' => array( 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' )
7788 * );
7789 * @endcode
7790 *
7791 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7792 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
7793 */
7794 $wgAPIModules = [];
7795
7796 /**
7797 * API format module extensions.
7798 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7799 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7800 *
7801 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
7802 */
7803 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
7804
7805 /**
7806 * API Query meta module extensions.
7807 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7808 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7809 *
7810 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
7811 */
7812 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
7813
7814 /**
7815 * API Query prop module extensions.
7816 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7817 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7818 *
7819 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
7820 */
7821 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
7822
7823 /**
7824 * API Query list module extensions.
7825 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7826 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7827 *
7828 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
7829 */
7830 $wgAPIListModules = [];
7831
7832 /**
7833 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
7834 * The default value is generally fine
7835 */
7836 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
7837
7838 /**
7839 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
7840 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
7841 */
7842 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
7843
7844 /**
7845 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
7846 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
7847 */
7848 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
7849
7850 /**
7851 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB slaves to tolerate
7852 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
7853 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
7854 */
7855 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
7856
7857 /**
7858 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
7859 * API request logging
7860 */
7861 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
7862
7863 /**
7864 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
7865 */
7866 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
7867
7868 /**
7869 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
7870 * API queries.
7871 */
7872 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
7873 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
7874 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
7875 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
7876 ];
7877
7878 /**
7879 * Enable AJAX framework
7880 */
7881 $wgUseAjax = true;
7882
7883 /**
7884 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
7885 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
7886 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
7887 */
7888 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
7889
7890 /**
7891 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
7892 */
7893 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
7894
7895 /**
7896 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
7897 */
7898 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
7899
7900 /**
7901 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
7902 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
7903 */
7904 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
7905
7906 /**
7907 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
7908 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
7909 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
7910 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
7911 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
7912 *
7913 * - '*' matches any number of characters
7914 * - '?' matches any 1 character
7915 *
7916 * @par Example:
7917 * @code
7918 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = array(
7919 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
7920 * '*.wikipedia.org',
7921 * '*.wikimedia.org',
7922 * '*.wiktionary.org',
7923 * );
7924 * @endcode
7925 */
7926 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
7927
7928 /**
7929 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
7930 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7931 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7932 */
7933 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
7934
7935 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
7936
7937 /************************************************************************//**
7938 * @name Shell and process control
7939 * @{
7940 */
7941
7942 /**
7943 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
7944 */
7945 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
7946
7947 /**
7948 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
7949 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
7950 */
7951 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
7952
7953 /**
7954 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7955 */
7956 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
7957
7958 /**
7959 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
7960 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7961 */
7962 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
7963
7964 /**
7965 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
7966 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
7967 *
7968 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
7969 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
7970 * them segfault or deadlock.
7971 *
7972 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
7973 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
7974 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
7975 *
7976 * @par Example:
7977 * @code
7978 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
7979 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
7980 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
7981 * @endcode
7982 *
7983 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
7984 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
7985 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
7986 */
7987 $wgShellCgroup = false;
7988
7989 /**
7990 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
7991 */
7992 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
7993
7994 /**
7995 * Locale for LC_CTYPE, to work around http://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
7996 * For Unix-like operating systems, set this to to a locale that has a UTF-8
7997 * character set. Only the character set is relevant.
7998 */
7999 $wgShellLocale = 'en_US.utf8';
8000
8001 /** @} */ # End shell }
8002
8003 /************************************************************************//**
8004 * @name HTTP client
8005 * @{
8006 */
8007
8008 /**
8009 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8010 */
8011 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8012
8013 /**
8014 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8015 */
8016 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8017
8018 /**
8019 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8020 */
8021 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8022
8023 /**
8024 * Local virtual hosts.
8025 *
8026 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8027 * If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any subdomain thereof,
8028 * then no proxy will be used.
8029 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8030 * proxy if it is configured.
8031 * @since 1.25
8032 */
8033 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8034
8035 /**
8036 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8037 * Only works for curl
8038 */
8039 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8040
8041 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8042
8043 /************************************************************************//**
8044 * @name Job queue
8045 * @{
8046 */
8047
8048 /**
8049 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8050 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8051 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8052 * be run periodically.
8053 */
8054 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8055
8056 /**
8057 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8058 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8059 * execution finishes.
8060 * @since 1.23
8061 */
8062 $wgRunJobsAsync = true;
8063
8064 /**
8065 * Number of rows to update per job
8066 */
8067 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8068
8069 /**
8070 * Number of rows to update per query
8071 */
8072 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8073
8074 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8075
8076 /************************************************************************//**
8077 * @name Miscellaneous
8078 * @{
8079 */
8080
8081 /**
8082 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8083 * * false: default PHP implementation
8084 * * 'wikidiff2': Wikimedia's fast difference engine implemented as a PHP/HHVM module
8085 * * 'wikidiff' and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8086 * * any other string is treated as a path to external diff executable
8087 */
8088 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8089
8090 /**
8091 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8092 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8093 *
8094 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8095 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8096 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8097 */
8098 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8099
8100 /**
8101 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8102 * For debugging
8103 */
8104 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8105
8106 /**
8107 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8108 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8109 */
8110 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8111
8112 /**
8113 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8114 */
8115 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8116
8117 /**
8118 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8119 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8120 */
8121 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8122
8123 /**
8124 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8125 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8126 */
8127 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8128
8129 /**
8130 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8131 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8132 *
8133 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8134 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8135 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8136 * parameters.
8137 *
8138 * @par Example:
8139 * @code
8140 * $wgPoolCounterConf = array( 'ArticleView' => array(
8141 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8142 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8143 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8144 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8145 * ... any extension-specific options...
8146 * );
8147 * @endcode
8148 */
8149 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8150
8151 /**
8152 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8153 */
8154 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8155
8156 /**
8157 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8158 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8159 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8160 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8161 *
8162 * @since 1.21
8163 */
8164 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8165
8166 /**
8167 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8168 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8169 *
8170 * * 'ignore': return null
8171 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8172 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8173 *
8174 * @since 1.21
8175 */
8176 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8177
8178 /**
8179 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8180 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8181 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8182 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8183 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8184 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8185 *
8186 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8187 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8188 *
8189 * @since 1.21
8190 */
8191 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8192
8193 /**
8194 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8195 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8196 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8197 *
8198 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8199 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8200 *
8201 * @since 1.21
8202 */
8203 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8204 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8205 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8206 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8207 ];
8208
8209 /**
8210 * Whether the user must enter their password to change their e-mail address
8211 *
8212 * @since 1.20
8213 */
8214 $wgRequirePasswordforEmailChange = true;
8215
8216 /**
8217 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8218 *
8219 * @since 1.20
8220 */
8221 $wgSiteTypes = [
8222 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8223 ];
8224
8225 /**
8226 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8227 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8228 * @since 1.23
8229 */
8230 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8231
8232 /**
8233 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8234 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8235 * @see bug 65184
8236 * @since 1.24
8237 */
8238 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8239
8240 /**
8241 * Secret for session storage.
8242 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8243 * be used.
8244 * @since 1.27
8245 */
8246 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8247
8248 /**
8249 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8250 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8251 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8252 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8253 * @since 1.27
8254 */
8255 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8256
8257 /**
8258 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8259 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8260 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8261 * be used.
8262 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8263 * @since 1.24
8264 */
8265 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8266
8267 /**
8268 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8269 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8270 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8271 * @since 1.24
8272 */
8273 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8274
8275 /**
8276 * Enable page language feature
8277 * Allows setting page language in database
8278 * @var bool
8279 * @since 1.24
8280 */
8281 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8282
8283 /**
8284 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8285 * Parameters for different services are to be declared inside
8286 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules'], which is to be treated as an associative
8287 * array. Global parameters will be merged with service-specific ones. The
8288 * result will then be passed to VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the
8289 * module.
8290 *
8291 * Example config for Parsoid:
8292 *
8293 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = array(
8294 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8295 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8296 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8297 * );
8298 *
8299 * @var array
8300 * @since 1.25
8301 */
8302 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8303 'modules' => [],
8304 'global' => [
8305 # Timeout in seconds
8306 'timeout' => 360,
8307 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8308 'forwardCookies' => false,
8309 'HTTPProxy' => null
8310 ]
8311 ];
8312
8313 /**
8314 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8315 * these suggestions.
8316 *
8317 * @var bool
8318 * @since 1.26
8319 */
8320 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8321
8322 /**
8323 * Where popular password file is located.
8324 *
8325 * Default in core contains 50,000 most popular. This config
8326 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8327 * a password file with > 50000 entries in it.
8328 *
8329 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8330 * @since 1.27
8331 * @var string path to file
8332 */
8333 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8334
8335 /*
8336 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8337 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8338 *
8339 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8340 * @since 1.27
8341 */
8342 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8343
8344 /**
8345 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8346 *
8347 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8348 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8349 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8350 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8351 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8352 *
8353 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8354 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8355 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8356 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8357 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8358 *
8359 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8360 *
8361 * @since 1.27
8362 */
8363 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8364 'default' => [
8365 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8366 ]
8367 ];
8368
8369 /**
8370 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8371 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8372 * @}
8373 */